ACADEMIC REGULATIONS

& CURRICULUM
Applicable to the students admitted from the
Academic Year 2020-2021

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
([Link]. Programme)

MAHARAJ VIJAYARAM GAJAPATHI RAJ COLLEGE

OF ENGINEERING
(Autonomous)
(Approved by AICTE, New Delhi, and permanently affiliated to JNTUK, Kakinada)
Listed u/s 2(f) & 12(B) of UGC Act 1956 .
Vijayaram Nagar Campus, Chintalavalasa,Vizianagaram-535005, Andhra Pradesh
 The visionaries

Late Dr. P V G Raju

Raja Saheb of Vizianagaram
Founder Chairman-MANSAS
Ex-Minister for Education and Health, Govt. of AP
Ex Member of Parliament

Late Dr. P. Anand Gajapathi Raju P. Ashok Gajapathi Raju

Ex-Chairman-MANSAS Chairman-MANSAS
Ex-Minister for Education and Health Ex-Union Minister for Civil Aviation,
Govt. of AP Govt. of India
Ex Member of Parliament Ex-Minister for Finance, Govt. of AP
Vision
Maharaj Vijayaram Gajapathi Raj College of Engineering strives to become a centre
par excellence for technical education where aspiring students can be transformed into skilled
and well-rounded professionals with strong understanding of fundamentals, a flair for
responsible innovation in engineering practical solutions applying the fundamentals,
and confidence and poise to meet the challenges in their chosen professional spheres.

Mission

The management believes imparting quality education in an atmosphere that motivates

learning as a social obligation which we owe to the students, their parents/guardians and
society at large and hence the effort is to leave no stone unturned in providing the same with
all sincerity. Towards that end, the management believes special focus has to be on the
following areas:

M1: Have on-board staff with high quality experience and continuously updating
themselves with latest research developments and sharing that knowledge with
students.
M2: Having a well stream-lined teaching learning process that is continuously assessed
for effectiveness and fine-tuned for improvement.
M3: Having state-of-the-art lab and general infrastructure that gives students the
necessary tools and means to enhance their knowledge and understanding.
M4: Having a centralized department focused on improving placement opportunities for
our students directly on campus and coordinating the training programs for students
to complement the curriculum and enhance their career opportunities.
M5: Having advanced research facilities and more importantly atmosphere to encourage
students to pursue self-learning on advanced topics and conduct research.
ABOUT THE INSTITUTION:
Maharajah Alak Narayan Society of Arts and Science (MANSAS) is an
Educational Trust founded by Dr. (late) P.V.G Raju, Raja Saheb of Vizianagaram in the
hallowed memory of his father Maharajah Alak Narayan Gajapati with a view to
confound socio-economic inequalities in the Vizianagaram principality executing a trust
deed on 12-11-1958 duly established Maharajah‘s College and other educational
institutions in and around Vizianagaram. The Trust is a charitable one published under
Section 6 a (1) of A.P Charitable and Hindu Religious Institutions and Endowment Act
30 of 1987.

The object of the Trust is to manage the properties of educational institutions

under it and to promote and advance the cause of education in general, besides awarding
scholarships to deserving students enabling them to undergo special training in science
and industries in and out of India. The Trust has made an uncompromising contribution to
the nation by presenting the stalwarts.
 Trust offers KG to PhD level education in Arts, Sciences, Law, Pharmacy,
Humanities Education, Engineering and Management and presently houses 13
Educational Institutions. MVGR College of Engineering is one of the 13 Institutes.

Other Institutions under MANSAS

1. M.R. HIGH SCHOOL 1857

2. M.R COLLEGE (NAAC ACCREDITED) 1879
3. M.R. COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 1950
4. M.R. WOMENS COLLEGE (NAAC ACCREDITED) 1962
5. M.R. GIRLS HIGH SCHOOL 1974
6. M.R. MODEL HIGH SCHOOL 1974
7. M.R. ENGLISH MEDIUM SCHOOL 1979
8. M.R.V.R.G.R LAW COLLEGE 1987
9. M.R. P.G. COLLEGE (NAAC ACCREDITED) 1987
10. [Link] OF MANAGEMENT STUDIES 1994
11. M.R. COLLEGE OF PHARMACY 2004
 Maharaj Vijayaram Gajapathi Raj (MVGR) College of Engineering was established in
the year 1997 by Maharaj Alak Narayan Society for Arts and Sciences (MANSAS) to impart
quality technical education. The Institution is located in lush green, serene and pollution free
environment spread over 60 acres of land in Chintalavalasa village situated in the outskirts of
Vizianagaram, a fort city in the north coastal region of Andhra Pradesh.

Institution at a glance:
 MVGR is established in 1997
 All eligible UG Programs (CHEMICAL, CIV, CSE, ECE, EEE, IT &
MECHANICAL) were reaccredited by NBA.
 MBA program was also re-accredited by NBA.
 Had been re-accredited with Grade ‗A‘ by NAAC of UGC
 Has Permanent affiliation with JN Technological University-Kakinada
 Listed under sections 2(f) & 12(b) of UGC act 1956.
 Approved by AICTE-New Delhi
 EIGHT departments are recognized as RESEARCH CENTERS by JNTU-K
 Granted Autonomy by UGC in 2015
 Campus of 60 acre
 Offering 7 UG and 5 [Link]., and 1 MBA program
 About 250 faculty of which 84 Ph.D. Degree holders
 83 Laboratories with an investment of about 13 Crores
 Total built up area of about 7 Lakh Sft
 About 42,000 volumes and Access to 8 international online journal packages like
IEEE, SPRINGER, etc.
 1420 Systems & 612 Mbps band width internet facility
 About Rs. 4 Crore worth of on-going R&D projects
 Actively involved in civil engineering consultancy work as Third Party Quality
Auditor for Vizianagaram Municipality
 WIPRO Recognized technology learning center and MISSION 10X partner institution
 Recognized National Instruments Academy for Training in LabView
 SIRO Recognition by DSIR
 Recognized PTC Centre of Excellence for Creo Training
 Identified by MSME as Business Incubation Centre
 APSSDC-Siemens Technical Skill Development Institute
 Recognized CMs SKILL EXCELLENCY CENTER (SEC)
 Microsoft Ed-vantage Platinum Partner
 Institutional member of IUCEE
 Institutional Member of CII
 Member, Chamber of Commerce, Vizianagaram
 Green Campus award by Govt. of AP
 MVGR College of Engineering is rated as one among the best engineering colleges in
the state of Andhra Pradesh as it set up highest standards in all areas of curricular, co-
curricular and extra-curricular activities and in students‘ placements. Based on industry and
expert‘s feedback, the college is updating the curriculum from time to time. The college
offers many value added add-on courses students and conducts training programs to meet the
industries‘ requirements.

Academic Regulations for [Link]., Program

Applicable to the students admitted from the Academic year 2020-2021 onwards.

PROGRAM STRUCTURE:

[Link].:

Sl.
Category Credits
No
Humanities and Social Sciences including Management
1 12
courses
2 Basic Science courses 25
Engineering Science courses including workshop, drawing,
3 26
basics of electrical/mechanical/computer etc.
4 Professional core courses 54
Professional Elective courses relevant to chosen
5 18
specialization/branch
Open subjects – Electives from other technical and /or
6 12
emerging subjects
7 Project work, seminar and internship in industry or elsewhere 13
Mandatory Courses [Environmental Sciences, Induction
8 training, Indian Constitution, Essence of Indian Traditional 0
Knowledge]
Total 160

Open electives offered by the parent department are listed in the course structure and
are offered to students of other programs. The students of parent departments may also opt
the course, provided it shall not be listed in the curriculum.
For audit course a student is deemed to satisfy the minimum contact hours, as
prescribed by the department and shall also comply with the requirements for submission of
assignments/projects. A student shall also opt for MOOCs and submit the certificate.
 I. HSS Courses
Sl. No. Subject Credits
1 English -1 3
2 English -2 (Technical English) 3
Elective-1 (Management Related course
3 3
(MEFA or MS or Operations Research)
Elective-2 (Professional Ethics and Human
4 3
Values)
Total 12

II. Basic Science Courses

Sl. No. Subject Credits
1 Mathematics-I 3
2 Mathematics-II 3
3 Mathematics-III 3
4 Mathematics-IV 3
5 Applied / Engineering Physics 3
6 Applied / Engineering Physics Lab 2
7 Engineering Chemistry 3
8 Engineering Chemistry Lab 2
9 Biology for Engineers 3
Total 25

III. Engineering Science Courses

Sl. No. Subject Credits
1 Programming for Problem Solving 3
2 Programming for Problem Solving Lab 2
3 Internet of Things (IOT) 3
4 Computer aided Engineering Graphics 3
5 Basic Electrical Engineering 3
6 Basic Electrical Engineering Lab 2
Department wise Engineering Science Course-I
7 3
AI Tools , Techniques & Applications
8 AI Tools , Techniques & Applications Lab 2
Department wise Engineering Science Course-
9 3
II (Design thinking and Product Innovation)
10 Workshop (Department Specific) 2
Total 26

Subjects Credits
IV Professional Core Courses 54
Professional Elective Courses Relevant to
V 18
Chosen Specialization/Branch
Open Subjects – Electives from other Technical
VI 12
and / or Emerging Subjects
84
 VII. Project
Sl. No. Subject Credits
1 Socially Relevant Project 1
2 Mini Project 2
3 Project Phase - I 2
4 Project Phase - II 8
Total 13

VIII. Audit Courses (Non Credit Course)

Sl. No. Subject
1 Induction Program
2 Constitution of India
3 Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge
4 Environmental Science

BOS Chairman shall notify the list of MOOCs offered (Open Elective & Professional
Elective) in the beginning of the semester.

PROGRAM PATTERN:

[Link].: The program is for 4 academic years / 8 semesters.

[Link]. (Lateral Entry): The program is for 3 academic years / 6 semesters.

AWARD OF DEGREE:
[Link]:
 A student will be declared eligible for the award of degree if he/she fulfills the
following academic regulations.
 A student shall be declared eligible for the award of degree, if he/she pursues a course
of study for not less than four academic years and not more than eight academic years
from the date of admission.
 The student shall register for 160 credits and secure all 160 credits.
 The medium of instruction for the entire under graduate program in Engineering &
Technology will be in English only.
 Skill oriented courses are embedded with domain specific, communication and
Advanced / elective courses.
 A student shall also register and successfully complete audit programs (Non-credit) as
recommended by Academic Council.
 A student on completing 1st year class work may opt for a break of 1 year which shall
be deemed as GAP year, as recommended by APSCHE, for undertaking successful
entrepreneurial ventures.
 Students who fail to complete Four Years Course of study within 8 years shall forfeit
their seat and their admission shall stand cancelled.
 [Link]. (Honors)/(Minors) :

[Link]. with Honors or [Link]. with Minor will be awarded if the student earns 20
additional credits as per the regulations/guidelines.
[Link] (Lateral Entry):
A student will be declared eligible for the award of degree on fulfilling the following
academic requirements.
 A student shall be declared eligible for the award of the degree, if he/she pursues a
course of study for not less than three academic years and not more than six academic
years.
 The student shall register for 126 credits and secure all 126 credits.
 A student shall also register and successfully complete audit programs (Non-credit) as
recommended by Academic Council.
 Students who fail to complete their three Years Course of study within 6 years shall
forfeit their seat and their admission shall stand cancelled.
 Student shall register for bridge programs, if any, as administered by the respective
departments at the beginning of 2nd year and successfully complete as per the
guidelines of the Institution.

[Link]. (Honors)/(Minors) :

[Link]. with Honors or [Link]. with Minor will be awarded if the student earns 20
additional credits as per the regulations/guidelines.

4. CERTIFICATION PROGRAMS:
Sl.
Dept. Name of the Program
No.
Windchill 10.2 PDM by Adroitec Engineering Solutions Pvt. Ltd.,
1 MECH
Hyderabad
2 MECH Creo 2.0 by PTC
3 MECH Edgecam by Verosoft, UK
4 MECH ANSYS Training and Certification by Mechanical Department
5 MECH AUTOCAD Training and Certification by Mechanical Department
6 MECH Catia by APSSDC-Dassault Systems, CM‘s Center of Excellence
7 MECH Delmia by APSSDC-Dassault Systems, CM‘s Center of Excellence
8 MECH Simulia by APSSDC-Dassault Systems, CM‘s Center of Excellence
9 MECH 2-Wheeler Automobile Certification by APSSDC-SIEMENS
10 MECH 4-Wheeler Automobile Certification by APSSDC-SIEMENS
11 MECH Welding Certification by APSSDC-SIEMENS
12 MECH CNC Certification by APSSDC-SIEMENS
13 MECH Commercial Electrical Certification by APSSDC-SIEMENS
14 MECH Solid Edge Certification by APSSDC-SIEMENS
Chemical Process Design and Simulation by Simtech Simulations,
15 CHEM
Hyderabad
 16 ECE Embedded Systems by Think LABS, Mumbai
17 ECE Labview by National Instruments Systems India Pvt. Ltd.
18 ECE Unified Technology Learning Program (UTLP) by Wipro Mission 10X
19 CSE, IT PEGA by Virtusa Corporation
20 CSE, IT Microsoft technologies by Microsoft Corp.
21 CSE, IT Ethical Hacking by EC-Council Academia
22 CSE, IT Java and C by Talent Sprint
23 CSE, IT Network Analyst (CCNA) by Cisco Systems Inc
24 CSE, IT Java Programming (OCJP) and DBMS by Oracle
25 EEE PLC, Drives and Automation by Siemens
26 EEE PLC by New Dawn Automation
27 EEE Home Electrical Certification by APSSDC-SIEMENS
28 Civil Remote Sensing and GIS by Indian Institute of Remote Sensing

The Institution shall offer the certification programs by itself or in collaboration with
industry/such other Institutions deemed to have specialized expertise in the proposed area of
training.
a) Only students of the Institution shall be eligible to register on payment of prescribed
fee.
b) However, subject to availability of resources and the demand the Institution may offer
the program to external candidates meeting the pre-qualification requirements and in
the order of the merit.
c) The duration of the course and design of the content shall be done by the respective
departments of the Institution by themselves or in collaboration with industry/such
other institutions deemed to have specialized expertise in the proposed area of
training.
d) If the duration of the course is less than or equal to 40 hours, it can be completed in
one semester, otherwise, it can suitably distributed over a number of semesters.
e) Mere enrolment/registration for the program shall not entitle any claim for award of
certificate.
f) A candidate shall be deemed eligible for the award of the certificate if he/she
 Attends at least 75% of scheduled training sessions
 Complies to all the requirements of submission of the assignments, presentations,
seminars, projects, etc., and also appears for periodic tests.
 Shall attain minimum levels of performance in tests as prescribed.
 Shall remit such fee as deemed fit for the certification
 A candidate registered and failed to meet the requirements shall be permitted to
repeat the said training one another time after remitting 25% of the fee fixed for
the program as re-registration fee.
If the student is absent for the periodic tests, the test shall be re-conducted on payment of
10% of fee.
 5. COURSES OFFERED:

Name of the Program Degree

[Link]. (Civil)
UG [Link]. (EEE)
Programs [Link]. (Mech.)
(Engineering [Link]. (ECE)
& [Link]. (CSE)
Technology) [Link]. (CHEM)
[Link]. (IT)
PG [Link]. (Structural Engineering)
Programs [Link]. (Power Systems)
(Engineering [Link]. (PDM)
& [Link]. (VLSI)
Technology) [Link]. (CN&IS)
Other PG
MBA
Programs
Ph.D. in Civil, EEE, MECH, ECE, CSE,
Research Programs
CHEM, MBA and MATHS

6. DISTRIBUTION AND WEIGHTAGE OF MARKS:

[Link].:

a). Theory :

All Theory courses will have 5 units and assessed for 100 marks, of which, 30 marks
for internal assessment and 70 marks for semester end external examination.

Internal Assessment:
Subjective tests - 15 Marks
Objective tests - 10 Marks
Assignments - 05 Marks
 Two Mid – Term examinations (Cycle 1 and Cycle2) shall be conducted. One on
first 50% of the syllabus and second on remaining 50% of the syllabus.
 Each Mid Term examination consists of a) Subjective test b) Objective test c)
Assignment
 Each subjective test shall be conducted for 90 Minutes and have 3 questions each
for 5 marks (No choice) and assessed for 15 marks
 Each objective test shall be conducted for 20 minutes and have 20 Multiple
Choice Questions each for 1/2 mark and assessed for 10 Marks.
 Assignments shall be assessed for 5 marks.
 The total marks assessed for each Mid – Term examination (Cycle 1 or Cycle 2)
is 30 marks.
 Final internal marks can be calculated with 80% weightage for the better of the
two Mid-Term examinations and 20% weightage for other Mid-Term
examination.
Example:
Mid-Term 1 (Cycle 1) Marks = Marks secured in (Subjective test-1 + Objective test-1 +
Assignment-1)
Mid-Term 2 (Cycle 2) Marks = Marks secured in (Subjective test-2 + Objective test-2 +
Assignment-2)
Final internal marks = [ Best of (Mid term-1/Mid - Term-2) marks X 0.8 + Least of (Mid
Term-1/Mid Term-2) marks X 0.2 ]
External Assessment:
External examination is for 70 marks (180 min). Question paper contains 10 questions (2
questions from each unit) and each question carries 14 marks. Student shall answer 5
questions (1 question from each unit).
i) Design Thinking and Product Innovation - Evaluation pattern
Internal Assessment: 30 Marks
Project based learning - 20 Marks
Assignments - 10 Marks
Project based learning: The student has to identify a problem and provide a solution by
applying design thinking methodologies and submit a report, which is assessed for 20 Marks.
Assignments: The student has to submit 4 assignments (1 for each unit) and assessed for 10
marks. Each assignment shall consist of 4 questions (4X10 = 40 marks) and the same shall be
scaled down to 10 marks. Average of 4 assignments shall be considered as final assignment
marks.
External Assessment: 70 Marks
External examination is for 70 marks (180 min). Question paper contains 8 questions
from first IV units (2 questions from each unit) and each question carries 12 marks.
Student shall answer 4 questions from first IV units (1 question from each unit) and
case study (22 Marks) from V unit.
ii) Internet of Things (IoT) , Surveying and Geomatics, Building Planning and Project
Management, Remote Sensing & GIS, MAT Lab Programming, Programming with Lab
View, Embedded Processor, Leadership and Team Management - Evaluation pattern

Internal Assessment: 30 Marks

Subjective Test - 15 Marks
Project based learning - 15 Marks
 Two subjective tests shall be conducted.
 Each subjective test shall be conducted for 90 Minutes and have 3 questions each
for 5 marks (No choice) and assessed for 15 marks
 Project based learning shall be assessed for 15 Marks.

In Project based learning, a student has to identify a problem such that at least 3 or 4
modular learning of experiments shall be integrated and submit comprehensive report
with solution at the end of the semester.

Final internal marks (30 Marks) can be calculated with 80% weightage for the better
of the two subjective tests (15 Marks) and 20% weightage for other subjective test
plus + Project based learning (15 Marks)
.External Assessment: 70 Marks

External examination is for 70 marks (180 min). Question paper contains 10 questions
(2 questions from each unit) and each question carries 14 marks. Student shall answer
5 questions (1 question from each unit).

b). Laboratory/Practice:
All Laboratory/Practice courses are assessed for 50 marks, of which, 15 marks for
internal assessment and 35 marks for semester end external examination.
Internal Assessment : (15 Marks)
Continuous assessment : 05 Marks
Project based learning : 05 Marks
Internal test : 05 Marks
 Continuous assessment for 05 marks for each experimental session finally
averaged to 05 marks.
 Project based learning shall be assessed for 05 Marks.
 In Project based learning, a student has to identify a problem such that at least 3 or
4 modular learning of experiments shall be integrated and submit comprehensive
report with solution at the end of the semester.
 An internal assessment test conducted at the end of the semester shall be assessed
for 05 marks.
Semester End Assessment:
 Semester end examination is for 35 marks (180 min) conducted and assessed by
both external and internal examiners.
 Both internal and external examination shall include assessment of the student on
Knowledge of principles/concepts involved
 Experimental design
 Result interpretation and analysis
 Experimental report
c). Drawing/Design/Estimation:
i) Computer Aided Engineering Graphics:

Evaluation Procedure:

The course will have 5 units and assessed for 100 marks, of which, 30 marks for
internal assessment and 70 marks for semester end external examination.
Internal Assessment : (30 Marks)
Continuous assessment : 10 Marks
Project based learning : 10 Marks
Internal Test : 10 Marks

Semester End Assessment:

 Semester end examination is for 70 marks (180 min) conducted and assessed by
both external and internal examiners.
  Question paper contains 3 questions (with internal choice). Each question carries
20 marks (5 marks for free hand drawing and list of commands & 15 marks for
final drawing prepared in AUTOCAD). A Student shall answer all questions.
 Viva Voce for 10 Marks.
ii) Basic Reinforced Concrete Design , Design of Steel Structures , Advanced
Reinforced Concrete Design
Evaluation Procedure:
The course will have 5 units and assessed for 100 marks, of which, 30 marks for
internal assessment and 70 marks for semester end external examination.
Internal Assessment: 30 Marks
Subjective Test - 15 Marks
Assignments - 5 Marks
Design and Drawing reports - 10 Marks

 Each subjective test shall be conducted for 90 Minutes and have 3 questions each
for 5 marks (No choice) and assessed for 15 marks
 Average of two subjective tests shall be considered.
 Assignments shall be assessed for 5 marks.
 Design and drawing reports shall be assessed for 10 marks.

Final internal marks (30 Marks) can be calculated with 80% weightage for the better
of the two subjective tests (15 Marks) and 20% weightage for other subjective test
plus + Assignments (5 Marks) + Design and Drawing reports (10 marks)

External Assessment:
The end examination question paper consists of Part A and Part B.

 Part A is assessed for 28 Marks and Part B is assessed for 42 Marks.

 Part A consists of two questions regarding Design and Drawing (from two Units).
Each question carries 28 marks. The student shall answer any 1 question.
 Part B consists of three questions (from the remaining three Units) with internal
choice and all three are to be answered. Each question carries 14 marks.

iii) Estimation and Costing Courses

The course will have 5 units and assessed for 100 marks, of which, 30 marks for internal
assessment and 70 marks for semester end external examination.
Internal Assessment: 30 Marks
Subjective Test - 15 Marks
Assignments - 5 Marks
Bar bending schedules, - 10 Marks
Estimation and cost analysis reports
 Two subjective tests shall be conducted.

 Each subjective test shall be conducted for 90 Minutes and have 3 questions each
for 5 marks (No choice) and assessed for 15 marks
 Average of two subjective tests shall be considered.
 Assignments shall be assessed for 5 marks.
 Bar bending schedules, Estimation and cost analysis reports are assessed for 10
marks.
Final internal marks (30 Marks) can be calculated with 80% weightage for the
better of the two subjective tests (15 Marks) and 20% weightage for other
subjective test plus + Assignments (5 Marks) + Bar bending schedules, Estimation
and cost analysis reports (10 marks)
External Assessment:
External examination is for 70 Marks. The question paper consists of 2 questions.
Each question carries 70 Marks. The student shall answer 1 question.
In each question, the section, plan and reinforcement drawings of various members of a
building will be given and the following items are to be calculated.
 Quantities of all the items (30 Marks).
 Reinforcement tonnage and Bar bending schedule (10 Marks).
 Specifications (10 Marks).
 Rates of all the items as per Standard Schedule of Rates (20 Marks).

Non Credit Mandatory Courses: The student has to secure 40% of the marks allotted in the
internal evaluation for passing the course (Satisfactory or Not- Satisfactory). No marks or
letter grade shall be allotted.

Procedure for conduct and Evaluation of MOOCs.:

The student shall register for the (Minimum of 12 weeks) offered by SWAYAM/NPTEL as
Program elective/Open elective with the approval of the Head of the Department. The Head
of the Department shall appoint one mentor for each MOOC. The student has to register the
course in SWAYAM/NPTEL portal. The student has to submit the pass certificate issued by
SWAYAM/NPTEL after completion of the course.

Socially Relevant Project:

 A student shall identify and provide a solution to the problem relevant to
society/Profession/Industry.
 A student shall engage at least 15 hours on socially relevant project. Socially relevant
project shall be evaluated internally for 50 marks by Project Review Committee
(PRC). PRC comprising of HoD, department Academic Coordinator, R&D member
of the department, one senior faculty and guide shall review the progress.
Mini Project:
 A student shall undergo internship for a period of 4 weeks/provide solution to the
problem relevant to Industry/ Modern tool during the vacation after VI semester and
submit comprehensive report.
 Mini project shall be evaluated internally for 50 marks by Project Review Committee
(PRC). PRC shall prepare rubrics for assessment.
Project Evaluation:

Project is divided into 2 phases – Phase I & Phase II and assessed for 200 Marks.

Evaluation shall comprise of internal and external assessment.

Internal: 60 Marks
External: 140 Marks
A project Review committee (PRC) comprising of HoD, department Academic Coordinator,
R&D member of the department, one senior faculty and guide shall review the progress once
in four weeks.
Project Phase I:

 Project Phase I shall be evaluated along with Project Phase II.

 A student shall undertake project phase I during the VII semester.
 A student shall report to the guide/external supervisor and work under his supervision
at least 2 hours per week.
 Assessment shall be on
 Literature review
 Identification and statement of the Problem
Project Phase II:

 A student shall undertake project phase II during the VIII semester.

 A student shall report to the guide/external supervisor and work under his supervision
at least 8 hours per week.
 Internal evaluation shall be done by HoD, department Academic Coordinator, R&D
member of the department, one senior faculty and guide for 60 marks.
 External evaluation shall be done by HoD, Guide/Internal Examiner and External
Examiner for 140 marks.
Assessment shall be on
 Review on fundamental knowledge involved
 Inter disciplinary aspect
 Experimental/methodology design
 Result analysis and interpretations
 Report writing
 Team work
 Presentation
 Viva-voce
[Link]. (Lateral Entry):
The rules and regulations for candidates admitted under lateral entry category for 2 nd,
3rd and 4th years of study shall be same as applicable to regular [Link] students.

7. ATTENDANCE REGULATIONS:

[Link].:
 A student shall be eligible to appear for end semester examinations, if he or she
acquires a minimum of 75% of attendance in aggregate of all the subjects
(Theory & Lab.) for the semester.
 Condonation of shortage of attendance in aggregate up to 10% (65% and above
and below 75%) in each semester may be granted by the college academic
committee.
 Shortage of attendance below 65% in aggregate of all the subjects (Theory &
Lab) for the semester shall not be Condoned.
 Detained student shall seek re- admission for that semester when offered within
4 weeks from the date of commencement of class work.

PROMOTION RULE (Based on attendance):

A Student shall be promoted to the next semester on fulfillment of minimum
attendance requirement (75%) of current semester.

PROMOTION RULE (Based on credits):

A student shall be promoted from IV semester to V semester if he fulfills the
minimum attendance requirement (75%) and academic requirement of 40% of credits up to
either III semester or IV semester from the following examinations irrespective of whether
the candidate takes the examination or not.
 Two regular and Two supplementary examinations of I semester
 Two regular and One supplementary examinations of II semester
 One regular examination and One supplementary examination of III semester
 One regular examination of IV semester.
A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he fulfills the minimum
attendance requirement (75%) and academic requirement of 40% of credits up to either V
Semester or VI semester from the following examinations irrespective of whether the
candidate takes the examination or not.
 Three regular and Three supplementary examinations of I semester
 Three regular and Two supplementary examinations of II semester
 Two regular and Two supplementary examinations of III semester
 Two regular and One supplementary examinations of IV semester
 One regular and One supplementary examination of V semester
 One regular examination of VI semester.
[Link] (Lateral Entry):
PROMOTION RULE (Based on attendance):
A Student shall be promoted to the next semester on fulfillment of minimum
attendance requirement of current semester.

PROMOTION RULE (Based on credits):

A student shall be promoted from VI semester to VII semester if he fulfills the
minimum attendance requirement (75%) and academic requirement of 40% of credits up to
either V semester or VI semester from the following examinations irrespective of whether the
candidate takes the examination or not.
 Two regular and Two supplementary examinations of III semester
 Two regular and one supplementary examinations of IV semester
 One regular and One supplementary examinations of V semester
 One regular examination of VI semester.

[Link]. (Lateral Entry):

The rules and regulations for candidates admitted under lateral entry category for 2nd,
3rd and 4th years of study shall be same as applicable to regular [Link] students.

8. MINIMUM ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS:

[Link].: (Theory/Lab)
A student is deemed to have satisfied the minimum academic requirements for a
course on securing minimum 35% of marks in the semester end exam and minimum 40% of
marks in the sum total of the internal marks and semester end marks.

[Link]. (Lateral Entry):

The rules and regulations for candidates admitted under lateral entry category for 2nd,
3rd and 4th years of study shall be same as applicable to regular [Link] students.

9. GRADING SYSTEM:
[Link]. / [Link]. (Lateral Entry)
Semester Grade Point Average (SGPA) for the current semester which is calculated
on the basis of grade points obtained in all courses, except audit courses and courses in
which satisfactory or course continuation has been awarded,

SGPA= Σ (course credits earned x Grade points) / Σ (Total course credits in the semester.

CGPA= Σ (course credits earned x Grade points) up to successfully completed

semesters) / Σ (Total course credits up to successfully completed)
The UGC recommends a 10-point grading system with the following letter grades as given
below:

O (Outstanding) 10
A+ (Excellent) 9
A (Very Good) 8
B+ (Good) 7
B (Above Average) 6
C (Average) 5
P (Pass) 4
F (Fail) 0
Ab (Absent) 0

A student obtaining Grade F shall be considered failed and will be required to reappear in the
examination.
Marks Range
Marks Range Lab Letter Grade
Theory Level
(Max – 50) Grade Point
(Max – 100)
≥90 ≥45 Outstanding A+ 10
≥80 to <89 ≥40 to <44 Excellent A 9
≥70 to <79 ≥35 to <39 Very Good B 8
≥60 to <69 ≥30 to <34 Good C 7
≥50 to <59 ≥25 to <29 Fair D 6
≥40 to <49 ≥20 to <24 Satisfactory E 5
<40 <20 Fail F 0
- Absent AB 0

Illustration of Computation of SGPA and CGPA and Format for Transcripts

Computation of SGPA and CGPA

Illustration for SGPA

Course Credit Grade Grade Credit Point
Letter point (Credit x Grade)

Course 1 3 A 8 3X8 = 24
Course 2 4 B+ 7 4X7 = 28
Course 3 3 B 6 3X6 = 18
Course 4 3 O 10 3 X10 = 30
Course 5 3 C 5 3X5 = 15
Course 6 4 B 6 4X6 = 24
20 139
Thus, SGPA =139/20 = 6.95
Illustration for CGPA
Semester 1 Semester 2 Semester 3 Semester 4 Semester 5 Semester 6
Credits: 16 Credits: 18 Credits: 25 Credits: 21 Credits: 23 Credits: 22
SGPA: 7.9 SGPA: 7.8 SGPA: 7.6 SGPA: 8.0 SGPA: 8.3 SGPA: 8.6

Semester 7 Semester 8
Credits: 21 Credits:14
SGPA: 8.2 SGPA: 8.5

Thus,
CGPA= 16x7.9 + 18x7.8 + 25x7.6 + 21x8.0 + 23x8.3 + 22x8.6 + 21x8.2 + 14x8.5 = 8.1
160

10. ELIGIBILITY FOR AWARD OF DEGREE:

[Link]:

A student shall be eligible for award of the degree if he/she fulfills the following conditions:
1) Successfully completes all the courses prescribed for the Program.
2) CGPA greater than or equal to 5.0 (Minimum requirement for Pass),

11. AWARD OF CLASS:

[Link]:

Eligible Candidates for the award of [Link]., Degree shall be placed in one of the
following Classes based on CGPA.

CLASS CGPA Remarks

First Class with Distinction  7.75
(PASSED IN FIRST ETTEMPT)
First Class  6.75
Second Class  5.75 to < 6.75
Pass Class ≥ 5.00 to < 5.75

12. CURRICULAR FRAMEWORK FOR HONORS PROGRAMME:

The goal of introducing [Link] (Hons) is to facilitate the students to choose
additionally the specialized courses of their choice and build their competence in a
specialized area in the UG level. The programme is a best choice for academically excellent
students having good academic record and interest towards higher studies and research. All
the students pursuing regular [Link] with prerequisite CGPA are eligible to register for
Honors degree course. A student has to acquire 20 more credits, in addition to 160 credits
required, for the award of the [Link] Honors degree ie 180 credits.. The additional courses
shall be advanced subjects in the concerned department/discipline. The department
concerned will determine required courses for award of Honor degree. The subjects in the
Honor degree would be a combination of core (theory and lab) and some electives
OBJECTIVES:
The objectives of initiating the B. Tech (Honors) degree are:
 To encourage the undergraduate students towards higher studies and Research
 To prepare the students to acquire specialized knowledge in core Engineering
streams
 To attain the high-level competence in the specialized area of Under Graduate
program.
 To learn the best educational and professional skills in the specialized area.
 To provide the opportunity to learn the post graduate level courses in the specified
undergraduate program.
Applicability and Enrolment:
 To all B. Tech (Regular and Lateral Entry) students admitted in Engineering &
Technology
 The Honors degree will be offered at all JNTUK affiliated colleges (Autonomous and
Non-Autonomous).
 The department offering Honors shall have at least one M. Tech in concerned stream,
for [Link] (Honors) registration.
 Total number of seats offered for a Honor program shall be a maximum of 35% of
sanctioned intake .
 The allotment of seat into Honors degree is based on the percentage of marks
obtained up to III semester in case of regular entry students and only III semester in
case of lateral entry students
 In the event of any tie during the seat allotment for a Honors degree, the concerned
major degree department offering Honor shall conduct a test/interview on the
prerequisite subjects of Honors degree and final decision shall be taken.
 For applicability of Honors degree, both regular B Tech and Honors degree courses
shall be successfully completed with specified SGPA/GCPA
 Transfer of credits from a particular minor to regular B. Tech or another major
degree and vice versa shall not be permitted
 Institutions having at least two NBA accredited [Link]/[Link] programs can offer
[Link](Honors) The Program departments should have valid NBA accreditation at
the time of registration of the student for [Link] (Honors).
Entry level:
 The B. Tech students (both Regular and Lateral Entry) pursuing a major degree
program can register for Honors degree.
 Students registering for Honors degree shall select the subjects from same
branches/department based on the recommendations of BOS committee. For
example, if a student pursumg major degree in Electrical & Electronics Engineering
shall the selects subjects in Electrical & Electronics Engineering only and he/she will
get major and Honors degree in Electrical & Electronics Engineering
 Only those students, who have a CGPA of 8.0 or above, without any backlog, will be
permitted to register for a Honors degree
 An SGPA or CGPA in excess of 8.0 has to be maintained in the subsequent
 semesters in major as well as Honors degree without any backlogs in order to keep
Honors degree registration active.
 Should both the SGPA and CGPA fall below 8.0 at any point after registering for the
Honors, the Honors degree registration will cease to be active.
 A student registered for Honors degree in a discipline must register and pass in all
subjects with a minimum GPA of 8.0 that constitute requirement for award of Honors
degree.
 Separate SGPA/CGPA shall be shown on semester and final transcripts of regular
[Link] and Honor.
 Students shall not be permitted to register for Honors degree after completion of VI
semester.
 Students shall be permitted to select a maximum of two subjects per semester from
the list of subjects specified for Honors degree.
 The students shall complete Honors degree without supplementary appearance within
stipulated period as notified by JNTUK for the completion of regular major B. Tech.
program.
 Honors degree shall not be awarded at any circumstances without completing the
regular major B Tech program in which a student got admitted
 If a student is detained due to lack of attendance, he/she shall not be permitted to
register the courses for Honors degree
 If a student failed in any registered course of the Honors, he/she shall not be eligible
to continue the B. Tech Honors. However, the additional credits and grades thus far
earned - by the student shall be included in the grade card but shall not be considered
to calculate the CGPA.
 The subjects completed under Honors degree program shall not be considered as
equivalent subjects in case the student fails to complete the major degree program.
 Students completed their degree shall not be permitted to register for Honors degree
Structure of Honors in B. Tech. :
 The student shall earn at least 20 credits for award of Honors degree from same
branch/department/discipline registered for major degree
 Students can complete Honors degree courses either in the college or online from
platforms like NPTEL/SWAYAM etc.
 Of the 20 additional Credits to be acquired, 16 credits shall be earned by undergoing
specified courses list in the departments, with four courses, each carrying 4 credits.
The remaining 4 credits must be acquired through two NPTEL, which shall be
domain specific, each with 2 credits and with a minimum duration of 8/12weeks as
recommended by the Board of studies.
 The overall attendance in each semester of regular B. Tech courses and Honors
degree courses shall be computed separately
 A student shall maintain an overall attendance of 75% in all registered courses of
Honors to be eligible for attending semester end examinations However, condonation
for shortage of attendance between 65-75% may be given as per University norms.
On the recommendations of College Academic Council, the student concerned will
 be permitted to take the semester end examinations, Student having less than 65%
attendance in Honors courses shall not be permitted for semester end examinations.
 A student detained due to lack of attendance in regular B Tech program shall not be
permitted to continue Honors program
 The teaching, examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure of
Honors degree courses offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech courses
 Students may choose theory or practical courses to fulfil the minimum credit
requirement.
 Students shall be allowed to take maximum two subjects per semester pertaining to
their Honors degree
 The students registered for Honors shall not be permitted to register for B. Tech
(Minors)

Credits requirement:
 A Student will be eligible to get B. Tech (Honors), if he/she completes an additional
20 credits. These may be acquired either in offline or online like NPTEL/SWAYAM
 The colleges offering Honors degree courses shall be ready teach the courses in
offline at their college in the concerned departments. Curriculum and the syllabus of
the courses shall be approved by the Board of Studies
 The online NPTEL/SWAYAM subjects selected by a student shall be approved by
concerned BOS. The duration of courses shall be a minimum of 12 weeks.
 The assessment and certification of the NPTEL shall be as per the prescribed norms
of the NPTEL
 Students shall produce a certificate issued by the NPTEL/SWAYAM conducting
agency as a proof of credit attainment.
 The teaching and evaluation procedure of Honors courses offering in offline mode
shall be similar to that of regular B. Tech courses
 After successful completion of all major and Honors degree courses with specified
CGPA the University will award B. Tech (Honors)
 If a student fails to complete a course offered in online/offline, he/she will not be
permitted to continue the Honors degree
Procedure to Applying for Honors degree:
 The department offering the Honors will announce courses required before the start
of the session.
 The interested students shall apply for the Honors course to the HOD of the
concerned department
 The concerned department will announce the list of the selected students for the
Honors.
 The whole process should be completed within one week before the start of every
session.
 Selected students shall be permitted to register the courses for Honors degree.
 Each department offering the Honors degree shall submit the final list of selected
students to the principal.
  The selected students shall submit a joining letter to the Principal through the
concerned HOD.
 The department offering Honors shall maintain the record of student pursing the
Honors degree
 With the approval of Principal and suggestion of advisor/mentor, students can choose
courses from the approved list and shall register the courses within a week as per the
conditions laid down in the structure for the Honor degree.
Allocation of seats for Honors:

The University/institute/colleges will notify the number of the seats for Honor in the
concerned department well in advance before the start of the semester
Total number of seats offered for a Honor programme shall be a maximum of 35% of
sanctioned intake.
The list of the elective for Honor will be offered from the list of running majors in the
concerned subjects. Each department of concerned institute will notify the seats for the minor
well before the start of each session as per the following Table

S. S. No Name of Sanction seats of Seats offered Courses Credits for

No the course major degree for minor offered each course
programme

Course Fees for registration of subjects in Major degree :

There is no fee for registration of subjects for major degree program offered in offline at the
respective colleges.
Examinations:
(a) The examination for the Honors degree courses offered in offline shall be conducted
along with regular B. Tech program.
(b) The examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure of Honors degree
courses offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech courses.
(c) A separate transcript shall be issued for the Honor subjects passed in each semester
(d) There is no supplementary examination for the failed subjects in a Honors degree
program..
Examination Fees :
Examination Fees will be as per the JNTUK norms.
 13. CURRICULAR FRAMEWORK FOR MINOR PROGRAMME:

The goal of introducing [Link]. Minor is to facilitate the students to choose

additional courses from other branches and some advanced subjects of their respective branch
in which they are perusing the degree. This gives a provision to the students to pursue minor
other than the discipline in which student got admitted. An aspiring student can choose the
courses and laboratories in any other discipline and can get a minor in the chosen
specialization in addition to regular major B Tech degree. This way undergraduates are not
restricted to learn about courses only in the discipline they get admitted to, but can choose
courses of their interest to later on take up a career path of their interest. The students taking
up a minor course will get additional credits. A student has to acquire 20 more credits, in
addition to 160 credits required for the award of the minor. The department concerned will
determine the required courses for award of minor. The subjects in minor program would be a
combination of mostly core and some electives of other departments..
OBJECTIVES:
The objectives of initiating the minor are.
 To diversify the knowledge of the undergraduates
 To make the undergraduates more employable.
 To have more educational and professional skills after the completion of his
undergraduate courses
 To give a scope to specialize students in other streams of engineering in addition to
the ones they are currently pursuing.
Applicability and Enrolment:
 To all B. Tech (Regular and Lateral Entry) students admitted in Engineering &
Technology
 The minor will be offered at all J.N.T. University affiliated colleges (Autonomous and
Non-Autonomous).
 There shall be no limit on the number of programs offered under Minor. The minor
programs in emerging technologies based on expertise in the respective departments
may be offered and minor can also be offered in collaboration with the relevant
industries/agencies.
 Total number of seats offered for a minor program shall be a maximum of 35%
sanctioned intake of major degree program.
 If a minimum enrolments criterion is not met, then the students may be permitted to
register for the equivalent MOOC courses as approved by the concerned Head of the
department in consultation with BoS.
 The allotment of seat into minor is based on the percentage of marks up to III
semester in case of regular entry students and only III semester in case of lateral entry
students
 For applicability of minor, both regular B Tech and minor courses shall be
successfully completed with specified SGPA/CGPA
 Transfer of credits from a particular minor to regular B. Tech or another major degree
and vice-versa shall not be permitted
Entry level:
 The B Tech students (both Regular and Lateral Entry) pursuing a major degree
program can register for minor from III semester onwards.
 Students registering for minor shall select the subjects from other branches. For
example, if a student pursuing major degree in Electrical & Electronics Engineering
shall select the subjects specified for minor in Civil Engineering and he/she will get
major degree of Electrical & Electronics Engineering with minor of Civil
Engineering.
 Student pursuing major degree in any engineering branch is eligible to register for
minor in any other engineering branch. However, students pursuing major degree in a
particular Engineering are not allowed to register for minor in the same engineering
branch.
 Only those students, who have a CGPA of 8.0 or above, without any backlog, will be
permitted to register for a minor
 An SGPA or CGPA in excess of 8.0 has to be maintained in the subsequent semesters
in major as well as minor without any backlogs in order to keep the minor registration
active.
 Should both the SGPA and CGPA fall below 8.0 at any point after registering for the
minor; the minor registration will cease to be active.
 A student registered for minor in a discipline must register and pass in all subjects
with a minimum GPA of 8.0 that constitute requirement for award of minor.
 Separate CGPA shall be shown on semester and final transcripts of regular B. Tech
and minor.
 Students shall not be permitted to register for minor after completion of VI semester.
 Students shall be permitted to select a maximum of two subjects per semester from
the list of subjects specified for minor.
 The students shall complete minor without supplementary appearance within
stipulated period as notified by JNTUK for the completion of regular major B. Tech
program.
 Minor shall not be awarded at any circumstances without completing the regular
major B Tech program in which a student got admitted
 If a student is detained due to lack of attendance, he/she shall not be permitted to
register the courses of minor
 If a student failed in any registered course of the minor, he/she shall not be eligible to
continue the [Link] minor. However, the additional, credits and grades thus far
earned by the student shall be included in the grade card but shall not be considered to
calculate the CGPA
 The subjects completed under minor program shall not be considered as equivalent
subjects in case the student fails to complete the major degree program
 Students completed their degree shall not be permitted to register for minor
Structure of Minor in B. Tech:
 The student shall earn at least 20 credits for award of minor from other
branch/department/discipline registered for major degree.
  Students can complete minor courses either in the college or in online from platforms
like NPTEL/SWAYAM etc.
 The overall attendance in each semester of regular B. Tech courses and minor courses
shall be computed separately
 A student shall maintain an overall attendance of 75% in all registered courses of
minor to be eligible for attending semester end examinations. However, condonation
for shortage of attendance between 65-75% may be given as per University norms. On
the recommendations of College Academic Council, the student concerned will be
permitted to take the semester end examinations Student having less than 65%
attendance in minor courses shall not be permitted for end semester examinations
 A student detained due to lack of attendance in regular B. Tech program shall not be
permitted to continue minor program
 The teaching, examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure of minor
courses offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech courses
 The students may choose theory or practical courses to fulfill the minimum credit
requirement.
 The students may be allowed to take maximum two subjects per semester pertaining
to their minor
 The students are permitted to opt for only a single minor course in his/her entire
tenure of [Link] (Engineering)
 The students registered for B. Tech (Hons) shall not be permitted to register for minor
 The student is not permitted to take the electives courses from the parent department
to fulfill the minimum credit requirement.

Credits requirement:
 A Student will be eligible to get minor along with major degree engineering, if he/she
completes an additional 20 credits. These may be acquired either in offline or online
like NPTEL/SWAYAM
 Of the 20 additional credits to be acquired, 16 credits shall be earned by undergoing
specified courses of minor, with four courses, each carrying 4 credits. The remaining
4 credits must be acquired through two NPTEL, which shall be domain specific, each
with 2 credits and with a minimum duration of 8/12 weeks as recommended by the
Board of studies.
 Curriculum and the syllabus of the courses shall be approved by the Board of Studies
 The online NPTEL/SWAYAM subjects selected by student shall be approved by
concerned BOS. The duration of courses shall be a minimum of 12 weeks.
 The teaching and evaluation procedure of minor courses offering in offline mode shall
be similar to that of regular B. Tech courses
 Students shall produce a certificate issued by the NPTEL/SWAYAM conducting
agency as a proof of credit attainment
 The assessment and certification of the NPTEL shall be as per the prescribed norms of
the NPTEL.
  After successful completion of all major and minor courses with specified CGPA the
University will award both major and minors
 If a student fails to complete a course offered in online/offline, he/she will not be
permitted to continue the minor
Procedure to Applying for the Minor :
 The department offering the minor will announce specialization and courses before
the start of the session.
 The interested students shall apply through the HOD of his/her parent department
 The concerned department will announce the list of the selected students for the
minor.
 The whole process should be completed within one week before the start of every
session.
 Selected students shall be permitted to register the courses for minor
Registering for minor courses :
 Each department offering the minor will submit the final list of selected students to
the principal.
 The selected students shall submit a joining letter to the Principal through the
concerned HOD offering the minor. The student shall inform same to the HOD of
his/her parent department.
 Both parent department and department offering minor shall maintain the record of
student pursing the minor
 With the approval of Principal and suggestion of advisor, students can choose courses
from the approved list and shall register the courses within a week as per the
conditions laid down in the structure for the minor.
 If the student wishes to withdraw/change the registration of subject/course, he/she
shall inform the same to advisor, subject teacher, HODs of minor department and
parent department and Principal within two weeks after registration of the course.
Procedure for Monitoring the Progress of the Scheme:
The students enrolled in the minor courses will be monitored continuously at par with the
prevailing practices and examination standards. An advisor/mentor from parent department
shall be assigned to a group of students to monitor the progress.
Allocation of seats for minor

The University/institute/colleges will notify the number of the seats for minor in the
concerned department well in advance before the start of the semester
Total number of seats offered for a minor programme shall be a maximum of 35% of
sanctioned intake of major degree programme.
The list of the elective for minor will be offered from the list of running majors in the
concerned subjects. Each department of concerned institute will notify the seats for the minor
well before the start of each session as per the following Table
 S. S. No Name Sanction seats of Seats offered Courses Credits for
No of the course major degree for minor offered each
programme course

Course Fees for registration of subjects in Minor degree

There is no fee for registration of subjects for minor degree programme offered in offline at
the respective colleges.

Examinations

The examination for the minor courses offered in offline shall be conducted regular along
with B. Tech programme.
 The examinations (internal and external) and evaluation procedure of minor courses
offered in offline is similar to regular B. Tech courses.
 A separate transcript shall be issued for the minor subjects passed in each semester
 There is no supplementary examination for the failed subjects in a minor program
14. INSTRUCTION DAYS:
A semester shall have a minimum of 90 clear instruction days (including internal
examinations).
15. Transfers from other Institutions shall not be permitted.
16. SUPPLEMENTARY EXAMINATIONS:
Supplementary examinations shall be conducted within 4 weeks from the date of
announcement of results of regular examinations.
17. WITHHOLDING OF RESULTS: The result of a student shall be withheld
 If the student has not paid the dues, if any, to the institution
 If any case of pending disciplinary action ,
 Involvement in any sort of malpractices etc.
 Involvement in ragging.
18. TRANSITORY REGULATIONS:
a) Detained candidates are eligible for re-admission as and when next offered.
b) The re-admitted candidate will be governed by the rules and regulations under which
the candidate has been admitted.
c) In case of transferred students from other Universities, credits shall be transferred to
JNTUK as per the academic regulations and course structure of JNTUK.
d) The students seeking transfer to colleges affiliated to JNTUK from various other
Universities/ Institutions have to obtain the credits of any equivalent subjects as
prescribed by JNTUK. The transferred candidates have to write the backlogs/failed
subjects, if any, in the same Institution where he/she was admitted.
 19. AMENDMENTS TO REGULATIONS:

The Academic Council of MVGR College of Engineering (Autonomous)

reserves the right to revise, amend, change or nullify the Regulations, Schemes of
Examinations, and/ or Syllabi or any other such matter relating to the requirements of
the program which are compatible to the contemporary/emerging trends effectively
meeting the needs of society/industry/stake holding groups.

20. Regulations for MALPRACTICES during the conduct of examinations

Nature of Malpractices/Improper conduct Punishment

1 (a) If the candidate possesses or keeps accessible in
examination hall, any paper, note book, programmable Expulsion from the examination hall
calculators, Cell phones, pager, palm computers or and cancellation of the performance in
that subject only.
any other form of material concerned with or related *
to the subject of the examination (theory or
practical) in which he is appearing but has not made
use of (material shall include any marks on the body of
the candidate which can be used as an aid in the
subject of the examination)
(b) If the candidate gives assistance or guidance or Expulsion from the examination hall
receives it from any other candidate orally or by any and cancellation of the performance in
other body language methods or communicates through that subject only of all the candidates
cell phones with any candidate or persons in or outside involved. In case of an outsider, he
the exam hall in respect of any matter. will be handed over to the police and a
case is registered against him.
*
2 If the candidate has copied in the examination hall Expulsion from the examination hall
from any paper, book, programmable calculators, palm and cancellation of the performance in
computers or any other form of material relevant to the that subject and all other subjects the
subject of the examination (theory or practical) in candidate has already appeared
which the candidate is appearing. including practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted to appear for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of that
Semester/year.
The Hall Ticket of the candidate is to
be cancelled.
*
3 If the candidate impersonates any other candidate The candidate who has impersonated
in connection with the examination. shall be expelled from examination
hall. The candidate is also debarred
and forfeits the seat. The performance
of the original candidate, who has
been impersonated, shall be cancelled
in all the subjects of the examination
(including practicals and project
work) already appeared and shall not
be allowed to appear for examinations
of the remaining subjects of that
semester/year. The candidate is also
debarred for two consecutive
semesters from class work and all
University examinations. The
 continuation of the course by the
candidate is subject to the academic
regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat. If the imposter is an
outsider/candidate not on rolls, he will
be handed over to the police and a
case is registered against him. *
4 If the candidate mishandles the Answer book or Expulsion from the examination hall
additional sheet or takes out or arranges to send out and cancellation of performance in
the question paper during the examination or that subject and all the other subjects
answer book or additional sheet, during or after the the candidate has already appeared
examination. including practical examinations and
Also if the answer script is mutilated / damaged project work and shall not be
disturbing the shape, of the script, answers, the bar permitted for the remaining
code intentionally. examinations of the subjects of that
semester. He shall be debarred from
class work and all examinations and
be allowed to reregistered for the next
subsequent odd or even semester only.
The continuation of the course by the
candidate is subject to the academic
regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat.*
5. Uses objectionable, abusive or offensive language in The same should be brought to the
the answer paper or in letters to the examiners or writes notice of CE who in turn in
to the examiner requesting him to award pass marks. consultation with malpractice
committee makes decision for
cancellation of the performance in that
subject.
*
6. Refuses to obey the orders of the Chief In case of students of the college, they
Superintendent/Assistant – Superintendent / any officer shall be expelled from examination
on duty or misbehaves or creates disturbance of any halls and cancellation of their
kind in and around the examination hall or organizes a performance in that subject and all
walk out or instigates others to walk out, or threatens other subjects the candidate(s) has
the officer-in charge or any person on duty in or (have) already appeared and shall not
outside the examination hall of any injury to his person be permitted to appear for the
or to any of his relations whether by words, either remaining examinations of the
spoken or written or by signs or by visible subjects of that semester. The
representation, assaults the officer-in-charge, or any candidates also are debarred and
person on duty in or outside the examination hall or forfeit their seats. In case of outsiders,
any of his relations, or indulges in any other act of they will be handed over to the police
misconduct or mischief which result in damage to or and a police case is registered against
destruction of property in the examination hall or any them.
part of the College campus or engages in any other act *
which in the opinion of the officer on duty amounts to
use of unfair means or misconduct or has the tendency
to disrupt the orderly conduct of the examination.
7. Leaves the exam hall taking away answer script or Expulsion from the examination hall
intentionally tears of the script or any part thereof and cancellation of performance in
inside or outside the examination hall. that subject and all the other subjects
the candidate has already appeared
including practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of that
 semester/year. The candidate is also
debarred for two consecutive
semesters from class work and all
University examinations. The
continuation of the course by the
candidate is subject to the academic
regulations in connection with
forfeiture of seat. *
8. Possess any lethal weapon or firearm in the Expulsion from the examination hall
examination hall. and cancellation of the performance in
that subject and all other subjects the
candidate has already appeared
including practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of that
semester/year. The candidate is also
debarred and forfeits the seat. *
9. If student of the college, who is not a candidate for the Student of the colleges expulsion from
particular examination or any person not connected the examination hall and cancellation
with the college indulges in any malpractice or of the performance in that subject and
improper conduct mentioned in clause 6 to 8. all other subjects the candidate has
already appeared including practical
examinations and project work and
shall not be permitted for the
remaining examinations of the
subjects of that semester. The
candidate is also debarred and forfeits
the seat.
Person(s) who do not belong to the
College will be handed over to police
and, a police case will be registered
against them. *
10 Comes in a drunken condition to the examination hall. Expulsion from the examination hall
and cancellation of the performance in
that subject and all other subjects the
candidate has already appeared
including practical examinations and
project work and shall not be
permitted for the remaining
examinations of the subjects of that
semester. *
11 Copying detected on the basis of internal evidence, Cancellation of the performance in
such as, during valuation or during special scrutiny. that subject and all other subjects the
candidate has appeared including
practical examinations and project
work of that semester/year
examinations.*
*
General :

Wherever the words ―he‖, ―him‖, ―his‖, occur in the regulations, they include ―she‖, ―her‖,
―hers‖.
The academic regulation should be read as a whole for the purpose of any interpretation.
In the case of any doubt or ambiguity in the interpretation of the above rules, the decision of
the Vice-Chancellor is final.
The University may change or amend the academic regulations or syllabi at any time and the
changes or amendments made shall be applicable to all the students with effect from the dates
notified by the University.

***
 Ragging
Prohibition of ragging in
educational institutions Act 26 of 1997
Salient Features
Ragging within or outside any educational institution is prohibited.
Ragging means doing an act which causes or is likely to cause Insult or Annoyance of Fear or
Apprehension or Threat or Intimidation or outrage of modesty or Injury to a student

Imprisonment upto Fine Upto

Teasing,
Embarrassing and
Humiliation
6 Months + Rs. 1,000/-

Rs. 2,000/-
Assaulting or Using
Criminal force or
Criminal intimidation
1 Year
+
Wrongfully
restraining or
confining or causing
+ Rs. 5,000/-
hurt
2 Years

Causing grievous hurt,

kidnapping or Abducts
+ Rs. 10,000/-
or rape or committing 5 Years
unnatural offence

Causing death or
abetting suicide
10 Months
+ Rs. 50,000/-

In Case of Emergency CALL TOLL FREE NO. : 1800 - 425 - 1288

LET US MAKE MVGR A RAGGING FREE CAMPUS

 Ragging
ABSOLUTELY NO TO RAGGING
1. Ragging is prohibited as per Act 26 of A.P. Legislative Assembly, 1997.
2. Ragging entails heavy fines and/or imprisonment.
3. Ragging invokes suspension and dismissal from the College.
4. Outsiders are prohibited from entering the College and Hostel without permission.
5. Girl students must be in their hostel rooms by 7.00 p.m.
6. All the students must carry their Identity Cards and show them when demanded
7. The Principal and the Wardens may visit the Hostels and inspect the rooms any time.
 PROGRAM STRUCTURE
B. TECH – MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
(A3 Regulation)

SEMESTER-I
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3MAT101 Mathematics-I 3 - - 3
2 A3CYT101 Engineering Chemistry 3 - - 3
3 A3EET201 Basic Electrical Engineering 3 - - 3
4 A3CYL101 Engineering Chemistry Laboratory - - 3 2
5 A3EEL201 Basic Electrical Engineering Laboratory - - 3 2
6 A3MEW201 Workshop - - 3 2
7 A3EHA701 Constitution of India 2 - - 0
Total number of Credits: 15

SEMESTER-II
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3MAT102 Mathematics-II 3 - - 3
2 A3PYT101 Engineering Physics 3 - - 3
3 A3CIT201 Programming for Problem Solving 3 - - 3
4 A3MED201 Computer Aided Engineering Graphics 1 - 3 3
5 A3PYL101 Engineering Physics Laboratory - - 3 2
6 A3CIL201 Programming for Problem Solving Laboratory - - 3 2
7 A3EHL001 Essential Communication in English 1 - 3 3
Total number of Credits: 19

SEMESTER-III
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3EHT001 Effective Technical Communication 2 - 2 3
2 A3EHT002 Professional Ethics and Human Values 3 - - 3
3 A3CHT101 Biology for Engineers 3 - - 3
4 A3MAT106 Mathematics-III 3 - - 3
5 A3MET301 Engineering Mechanics 3 - - 3
6 A3MET302 Engineering Thermodynamics 3 - - 3
7 A3MET303 Materials Engineering 3 - - 3
Computer Aided Geometric Design and
8 A3MEL301 - - 4 2
Assembly
9 A3CHA701 Environmental Science 2 - - 0
Total number of Credits: 23
 SEMESTER-IV
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3MAT110 Mathematics-IV 3 - - 3
2 A3MET201 AI Tools, Techniques and Applications 3 - - 3
3 A3MET202 Design Thinking and Product Innovation 3 - - 3
4 A3MET304 Strength of Materials 3 - - 3
5 A3MET305 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines 3 - - 3
6 A3MET306 Manufacturing Processes 3 - - 3
AI Tools, Techniques and Applications
7 A3MEL201 - - 3 2
Laboratory
8 A3MEL302 Materials Laboratory - - 3 2
9 A3MEP601 Socially Relevant Project - - 2 1
10 A3EHA702 Essence of Indian Traditional Knowledge 2 - - 0
Total number of Credits: 23

SEMESTER-V
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3MET203 Industrial Internet of Things (IIOT) 2 - 2 3
2 A3MET307 Theory of Machines 3 - - 3
3 A3MET308 Design of Machine Elements 3 - - 3
4 A3MET309 Internal Combustion Engines 3 - - 3
5 A3MET310 Manufacturing Technology 3 - - 3
A3MET401 Advanced Strength of Materials
6 A3MET402 Surface Engineering
3 - - 3
(PE-1) A3MET403 Automobile Engineering
A3MET404 Design and Analysis of Experiments
7 OE-I: Human Resources Development and
A3MST501 3 - - 3
(OE-1) Organizational Behavior
8 A3MEL303 Thermal Engineering Laboratory - - 3 2
Total number of Credits: 23
 SEMESTER-VI
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3MST003 Operations Research 3 - - 3
2 A3MET311 Computer Aided Design and Analysis 3 - - 3
3 A3MET312 Applied Thermodynamics 3 - - 3
4 A3MET313 Heat Transfer 3 - - 3
A3MET405 Design of Transmission Systems
5 A3MET406 Leadership and Team Management
3 - - 3
(PE-2) A3MET407 Aircraft and Jet Propulsion
A3MET408 Entrepreneurship
6
A3XXT5XX 3 - - 3
(OE-2)
7 A3MEL304 Simulation Laboratory - - 3 2
8 A3MEP602 Mini Project - - 4 2
Total number of Credits: 22

SEMESTER-VII
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3MET314 Metrology, Instrumentation and Control Systems 3 - - 3
2 A3MET315 Manufacturing Systems 3 - - 3
A3MET409 Finite Element Analysis
3 A3MET410 Composite Materials
3 - - 3
(PE-3) A3MET411 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning
A3MET412 Industrial Engineering and Management
A3MET413 Mechanical Vibrations and Condition Monitoring
4 A3MET414 Creep, Fatigue and Fracture Mechanics
3 - - 3
(PE-4) A3MET415 Computational Fluid Dynamics
A3MET416 Automation in manufacturing
A3MET417 Mechatronic Systems
5 A3MET418 Non Destructive Testing
3 - - 3
(PE-5) A3MET419 Power Plant Engineering
A3MET420 Six Sigma
A3MET421 Product Lifecycle Management Initiative
6 A3MET422 Process Planning and Cost Estimation
3 - - 3
(PE-6) A3MET423 Renewable energy resources
A3MET424 Total Quality Management
7 A3MEL305 Manufacturing Systems Laboratory - - 2 1
8 A3MEP603 Project (Phase-I) - - 4 2
Total number of Credits: 21
 Semester - VIII
[Link] Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
A3XXT5XX Open Elective-III (MOOCS)
A3MET507 Waste Heat Recovery and Co-generation
1 - - - 3
A3MET508 Introduction to Nanotechnology
A3MET509 Material Characterization Techniques
A3XXT5XX Open Elective-IV (MOOCS)
A3MET510 Project Management
2 A3MET511 Industrial Safety - - - 3
A3MET512 Advanced Materials
3 A3MEP604 Project (Phase-II) - - 16 8
Total Number of Credits 14

Note: Each department is offering 4 open elective courses. One elective course is from
Humanities (Human Resources Development and Organizational Behavior) which is
common to all Engineering departments. 2nd Open elective course should be opted from the
other departments (List of Open elective courses offered by various departments are given
below). 3rd and 4th Open elective courses (Emerging subjects) should be discipline centric.

OPEN ELECTIVES
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3CET501 Remote Sensing and GIS 3 - - 3
2 A3CET502 Project Planning and Management 3 - - 3
3 A3CET503 Road Safety Engineering 3 - - 3
4 A3CET504 Geomatics 3 - - 3
5 A3CET505 Building Services 3 - - 3
6 A3CET506 Water Power Engineering 3 - - 3
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF EEE
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3EET501 Basic Control Systems
2 A3EET502 Applied Electrical Engineering
3 A3EET503 Electrical Safety
4 A3EET504 Concepts of Electrical Wiring
5 A3EET505 Basic Automation Course
6 A3EET506 Illumination Engineering
 OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3MET501 Introduction to Robotics 3 - - 3
2 A3MET502 Solar and Wind Energy 3 - - 3
3 A3MET503 Production and Operations Management 3 - - 3
4 A3MET504 Micro Electromechanical Systems 3 - - 3
5 A3MET505 Product Lifecycle Management 3 - - 3
6 A3MET506 Foundation of Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 - - 3
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF ECE
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3ECT501 Principles of Communication Engineering 3 - - 3
2 A3ECT502 Electronic Instrumentation 3 - - 3
3 A3ECT503 Biomedical Engineering 3 - - 3
4 A3ECT504 Modern Communication Systems 3 - - 3
5 A3ECT505 Transducers and Sensors 3 - - 3
6 A3ECT506 Principles of Mobile Communications 3 - - 3
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF CSE & IT
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3CIT501 Fundamentals of Data Structures 3 - - 3
2 A3CIT502 Object Oriented Programming with JAVA 3 - - 3
3 A3CIT503 Web Design and Development 3 - - 3
4 A3CIT504 Python Programming 3 - - 3
5 A3CIT505 NoSQL Databases 3 - - 3
6 A3CIT506 Data Analytics 3 - - 3
OPEN ELECTIVE COURSES OFFERED BY THE
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Sl. No Course Code Course Title L T P Credits
1 A3CHT501 Computational Fluid Dynamics 3 - - 3
2 A3CHT502 Non-Conventional Sources of Energy 3 - - 3
3 A3CHT503 Design & Analysis of Experiments 3 - - 3
4 A3CHT504 Industrial Waste Water Engineering 3 - - 3
5 A3CHT505 Green Chemistry & Technology 3 - - 3
6 A3CHT506 Air Pollution Control and Design of Equipment 3 - - 3
 SEMESTER - I L T P C
MATHEMATICS-I
A3MAT101 3 - - 3
(common to ALL branches)
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I: LINEAR ALGEBRA-1
Rank of a matrix: Elementary row and column transformations, equivalent matrices, Echelon
form of a matrix, calculation of rank by reducing the matrix to Echelon form. System of
equations: Linear system of equations, homogeneous and non-homogeneous system of
equations, consistency criteria, trivial and non-trivial solutions, solving system of
equations by Rank method; Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors: Finding Eigenvalues and
Eigenvectors, properties of Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors (statements) including spectral
mapping theorem.

UNIT- II: LINEAR ALGEBRA-2

Cayley-Hamilton Theorem: Statement of the theorem and its verification. Applications:
Finding higher powers of a matrix, finding matrix polynomials, finding inverse of matrix.
Diagonal form of a matrix: Reduction to diagonal form, spectral and modal matrices, finding
higher powers of a matrix using diagonalization, Quadratic forms: Matrix form of quadratic
forms, orthogonal transformation, canonical form, reduction of quadratic form to canonical
form by orthogonal transformation method, rank, index, signature and nature (definiteness) of
a quadratic form.

UNIT-III: FIRST ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS & APPLICATIONS

Outlines: Differential Equations(DEs), Order and degree of a DE, Formation of DEs,
general solutions of a DE; Solving first order and first degree DEs: linear DEs, Bernoulli's
DEs (reducible to linear), exact DEs, integrating factors, non-exact DEs (reducible to
exact).

Applications to real world problems: Newton's law of cooling, laws of growth and decay,
family of curves, orthogonality of families curves, orthogonal trajectories (Cartesian and
polar curves).

UNIT-IV: HIGHER ORDER DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS

Differential equations of higher order: Linear differential equations of higher order, its
operator form. Solution concepts: General (complete) solution, particular solution. Solution
of linear differential equations of higher order: Auxiliary equations, rules for finding
complementary functions, rules for finding particular integrals (general and special methods).

UNIT-V: LAPLACE TRANSFORMS

Laplace transformation: Laplace transformation of elementary functions, Properties:
Linearity, change of scale, first shifting properties, finding Laplace transformations using
properties, Advanced properties: Laplace transformations of derivatives and
integrals, multiplication by t n , division by t (statements), finding Laplace transformations
using advanced properties; Inverse Laplace transformations: Finding inverse Laplace
transformations using partial fractions, statement of Convolution theorem, finding inverse
Laplace transformations by Convolution theorem; Applications: Solving Initial Value
Problems by using Laplace transformations.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017
2. T.K.V. Iyengar et al, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publishers, Revised edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
2. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th
Reprint, 2010
3. T. Veerarajan, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008

COURSE OUTCOMES: Learners at the end of this course will be able to

CO 1 Recall the concepts of Linear algebra
Recall the solution methods and applicability of first order differential
CO 2
equations
Recall the solution methods of higher order differential equations and the
CO 3
concepts of Laplace transforms
CO 4 Use and interpret the concepts of linear algebra
Use and interpret solution methods and applicability of first order differential
CO 5
equations
Use and interpret solution methods of higher order differential equations and
CO 6
the concepts of Laplace transforms
Apply the concepts of linear algebra, differential equations and Laplace
CO 7
transformation to model and solve real world problems

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: Mathematics-I (Common to ALL Branches)

Course Code: A3MAT101
Course Designed by Dept. of Mathematics
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 2
CO6 3 3 2 2
CO7 3 3 2 2

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 06.07.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - I L T P C
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
A3CYT101 3 - - 3
(Common to all branches)
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT 1: WATER TECHNOLOGY

Introduction –Soft Water and hardness of water, Estimation of hardness by EDTA Method -
Boiler troubles - Industrial water treatment – specifications for drinking water, Bureau of
Indian Standards(BIS) and World health organization(WHO) standards, zeolite and ion-
exchange processes - desalination of brackish water, reverse osmosis (RO) and electro
dialysis.

UNIT 2: POLYMERS
Introduction to polymers, functionality of monomers, addition and condensation
polymerization, copolymerization, stereospecific polymerization with specific examples.
Thermoplastics and Thermo-sets – their differences.

Elastomers – applications with specific examples- Preparation, properties and uses of PVC,
Bakelite, Teflon and Nylon-6, 6, Buna-S and Thiokol rubber- Fibre reinforced plastics –
carbon fibre, glass fibre and aramids.

UNIT 3: ELECTROCHEMISTRY AND APPLICATIONS

Electrodes – concepts, electrochemical cell, Nernst equation, cell potential calculations.
Primary cells –dry cell- Secondary cells – lead acid, nickel-cadmium and lithium ion
batteries- working of the batteries including cell reactions- Fuel cells, hydrogen-oxygen, and
methanol fuel cells – working of the cells.
Corrosion: Introduction to corrosion, mechanism of dry and wet corrosion, Pilling Bedworth
ratios and uses, Types of corrosion – Differential aeration corrosion, galvanic corrosion,
pitting corrosion, waterline corrosion and stress corrosion, Factors affecting the rate of
corrosion – metal based factors and environmental based factors, protection techniques –
metal coatings – galvanization and tinning, cathodic protection, inhibitors – cathodic and
anodic, organic coatings – paints – constituents and their functions.

UNIT-4: CHEMISTRY OF ADVANCED MATERIALS

NANOMATERIALS: introduction- synthesis of Nano material by sol gel method- CVD-
engineering applications of Nano materials
CEMENT: Introduction to ordinary Portland cement- manufacturing of OPC- setting and
hardening of cement- decay of cement.
FUELS: Introduction- classification- liquid fuels- cracking- knocking- octane number and
cetane number; Lubricants- definition- mechanism and properties of lubricants

UNIT 5: INSTRUMENTAL METHODS AND APPLICATIONS

Electromagnetic spectrum. Absorption of radiation: Beer-Lambert‘s law. Principle,
instrumentation (Block diagram and working), applications of UV, IR and NMR
spectroscopic methods. Chromatography- introduction- Ion exchange chromatography-
applications
Text books:
1. Jain and Jain, Engineering Chemistry, 16/e, Dhanpat Rai, 2013.
2. Skoog and West, Principles of Instrumental Analysis, 6/e, Thomson, 2007.

Reference books:
1. H.F.W. Taylor, Cement Chemistry, 2/e, Thomas Telford Publications, 1997.
2. [Link], Instrumental Methods of chemical analysis, Pragathi Prakashan, 2012.
3. Chemistry for Engineers, Teh Fu Yen, Imperial college press, London

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The student will have the ability to describe softening methods and desalination
processes. He/ She will be able to explain various types of polymers; preparation,
CO1
properties and engineering applications of thermoplastic, thermosetting plastics,
rubbers and FRP‘s.
The student will have the ability to describe electrochemical reactions, principles of
CO2
batteries, fuel cell and corrosion.
The student will have the ability to outline electromagnetic spectrum and explain
the working principles of IR, UV, NMR and chromatographic techniques. The
CO3
student describes the synthesis, properties and applications of nanomaterials,
cement. HE/ She Outlines the cracking methods, knocking of fuels.
The student will have the ability to differentiate between hard and soft water,
CO4 demineralization and deionization processes and thermosetting – thermoplastic
materials.
The students will have the ability to give examples on primary and secondary
CO5
batteries, various types of corrosion, methods of corrosion prevention.
The student will have the ability to draw inferences on the principles and
CO6 applications of various instrumental methods and also can compare and contrast
between cracking methods.
The student will have the ability to analyze water samples and validate the results
CO7 obtained and apply their knowledge on polymers, batteries, materials and
instrumentation.

CO/PO Mapping
Course Title: Engineering Chemistry
Course Code: A3CYT101
Course Designed by Dept. of Chemistry
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2 1
CO6 3 2 1
CO7 3 2 1

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER – I L T P C
Basic Electrical Engineering (Common to
A3EET201 3 - - 3
all branches)
Total Contact Hours – 50

SYLLABUS

UNIT 1: D.C. CIRCUITS

Electrical circuit elements (R, L and C), voltage and current sources, Kirchhoff‘s current and
voltage laws, Analysis of simple circuits with DC excitation, Superposition, Thevenin‘s and
Norton‘s Theorems, Time-domain analysis of first-order RL and RC circuits.

UNIT 2: A.C. CIRCUITS

Representation of sinusoidal waveforms, Average and RMS values, phasor representation,
real power, reactive power, apparent power, power factor, Analysis of single-phase AC
circuits (Series & Parallel), Resonance, Three-phase balanced circuits, voltage and current
relations in star and delta configurations.

UNIT 3: DC & AC MACHINES [ELEMENTARY TREATMENT ONLY]

Principle and operation of DC Generator - EMF equation – open circuit characteristic of DC
shunt generator – principle and operation of DC Motor – Types of DC Motors – Performance
Characteristics of DC Motor - Speed control of DC Motor – Principle and operation of
single-phase Transformer - OC and SC tests on transformer - principle and operation of
single phase & Three phase Induction Motors, construction and working of synchronous
motors

UNIT 4: BASICS OF POWER SYSTEMS:

Layout & operation of Hydro, Thermal, Nuclear Stations - Solar & wind generating stations –
Typical AC Power Supply scheme – Elements of Transmission line – Types of Distribution
systems: Primary & Secondary distribution systems.

UNIT 5: ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS

Components of LT Switchgear: Switch Fuse Unit (SFU), MCB, ELCB, MCCB, Types of
Wires and Cables, Earthing, Types of Batteries, Characteristics of Batteries. Elementary
calculations for energy consumption, power factor improvement, battery backup.

TEXT BOOK/ REFERENCES:

1. D. P. Kothari and I. J. Nagrath, ―Basic Electrical Engineering‖, Tata McGraw Hill,
2010
2. E. Hughes, ―Electrical and Electronics Technology‖, Pearson, 2010.
3. Vincent Del Toro, ―Electrical Engineering Fundamentals‖, Pearson, 2015.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, Student will be able to
To recall fundamental concepts of electrical circuits such as charge, voltage,
CO1
current and power.
CO2 Describe the principle of operation of D.C. & A.C. machines.
CO3 Outline the working operation of various generating stations.
CO4 Explain the procedure for solving circuits with A.C and D.C. Excitation
CO5 Summarize the performance characteristics of different machines
CO6 Explain about different equipment used in power industry
Apply the fundamental laws, associated with Basic Electrical Engineering to
CO7 solve real world problems in the field of Engineering

CO/PO Mapping
CO / PO Program Outcomes
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 2 2 2 1 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1 1
CO5 3 3 2 1 1 3 1 1 1 1
CO6 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 1 3 2
CO7 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3

Course designed by Department of Electrical & Electronics Engineering

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.19
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - I L T P C
A3MEW201 WORKSHOP - - 3 2
Total Contact Hours – 36

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS

1. Assembly and Disassembly of Bicycle ( Fitting)

2. Assembly and Disassembly of Two Wheeler Engine- using power tools ( Fitting)
3. Load Estimation for house appliances, Different types of Electric wire
specifications, Design of earth pit, Selection of wires and Switch gears.
4. Foundry practice: ( Pattern design, Mold making and Casting demonstration )
5. Welding: (Arc welding, Transformer selection and connections, Different ―G‖
position welding. Gas welding)
6. Machine Shop : Turning, Milling, Grinding

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Hajra Choudhury S.K., Hajra Choudhury A.K. and Nirjhar Roy S.K., ―Elements of
Workshop Technology‖, Vol. I 2008 and Vol. II 2010, Media promoters and
publishers private limited, Mumbai.
2. Kalpakjian S. And Steven S. Schmid, ―Manufacturing Engineering and
Technology‖, 4th edition, Pearson Education India Edition, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Gowri P. Hariharan and A. Suresh Babu,‖Manufacturing Technology – I‖ Pearson
Education, 2008.
2. Roy A. Lindberg, ―Processes and Materials of Manufacture‖, 4th edition, Prentice
Hall India, 1998.
3. Rao P.N., ―Manufacturing Technology‖, Vol. I and Vol. II, Tata McGrawHill
House, 2017.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1. Identify and overhaul the components of Bicycle/ Two Wheeler Engine.
CO2. Identify the elements of casting, pattern making and prepare a mould for a single
piece and split piece pattern.
CO3. Know the specifications, cutting parameter and perform drilling, milling and
grinding operations.
CO4. Know the specifications, welding parameters and perform arc welding and gas
welding.
CO5: Calculate load for required electrical design and select correct specifications of
electrical requisites.
CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: Workshop

Course Code: A3MEW201
Course Designed by Dept. of Mechanical Engineering
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1 1 3 2 2 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 2 2 3 3
CO5 3 2 2 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 2 2 3 3

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - I L T P C
ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
A3CYL101 LABORATORY - - 3 2
(Common to all branches)
Total Contact Hours – 36

SYLLABUS

List of Experiments:
1. Determination of HCl using sodium carbonate
2. Determination of Hardness of a groundwater sample.
3. pH metric titration of strong acid vs. strong base
4. Condcutometric titration of Strong acid VS Strong base
5. Condcutometric titration of Weak acid VS strong base
6. Potentiometric titration of Fe(II) with potassium dichromate
7. Determination of Strength of an acid in Pb-Acid battery
8. Preparation of a polymer
9. Determination of viscosity of polymer solution using survismeter
10. Determination of percentage of Iron in Cement sample by colorimetry
11. Estimation of Calcium oxide in port land Cement
12. Preparation of Nanomaterials (ex: Fe/ Zn/ Ferrite)
13. Adsorption of acetic acid by charcoal
14. Determination of acid value and saponification value of a given lubricant
15. Project based learning (Mandatory for all students)

Course Outcomes:
CO1 The student will be able to determine total hardness, strength of acid in a lead
acid battery, calcium in Portland cement using volumetric analysis
CO2 The student will be able to explain condcutometric, potentiometric, pH metric
titrations and colorimetric determination
CO3 The student will be able to explain the synthesis of a polymer, nanomaterials

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: Engineering Chemistry

Course Code: A3CYL101
Course Designed by Dept. of Chemistry
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 3 1 1 1 1

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - I L T P C
BASIC ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
A3EEL201 LABORATORY - - 3 2
(Common to all branches)
Total Contact Hours – 36

SYLLABUS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Basic safety precautions, Introduction and use of measuring instruments – voltmeter,
ammeter, multi-meter, oscilloscope, resistors, capacitors and inductors.
1. Verification of Kirchhoff laws.
2. Verification of Network Theorems.
3. Magnetization characteristics of a DC Shunt Generator.
4. Speed control of DC Shunt Motor.
5. Predetermination of performance parameters of 1 – Phase Transformer.
6. I – V Characteristics of Solar PV cell
7. Brake test on DC Shunt Motor.
8. Measurement of earth resistance.
9. Measurement of reactive power in three phase balanced circuit.
10. Measurement of Choke coil parameters
11. Brake test on 3 - Phase Induction Motor.
12. Determination of AC quantities using CRO/DSO.
13. I – V characteristics of battery.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

At the end of the course, Student will be able to

CO1 Identify common electrical equipment used in laboratory.(L1)
CO2 Estimate the ratings of different equipment used to perform an experiment. (L2)
CO3 Demonstrate the usage of various electrical measuring instruments.(L3)
CO4 Analyze the characteristics of rotating & stationery electrical machines (L4).
CO5 Interpret the characteristics of PV cell and Battery.(L5)

CO/PO Mapping

Program Outcomes
CO / PO
Mapping PSO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 2
CO1 3 1 1 3 1 3 2 2 2 2 1
CO2 3 2 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 2 2 2 3
CO3 2 2 2 2 3 1 3 3 1 2 2 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 2
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 2 2 3 3

Course designed by Department of Electrical & Electronics Engineering

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.19
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - I L T P C
A3EHA701 CONSTITUTION OF INDIA 2 - - 0
Total Contact Hours – 30

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: HISTORY OF MAKING OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION

History - Drafting Committee, (Composition & Working)

UNIT – II: PHILOSOPHY OF THE INDIAN CONSTITUTION: Preamble - Salient

Features

UNIT-III: CONTOURS OF CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS & DUTIES: Fundamental

Rights -Right to Equality -Right to Freedom -Right against Exploitation -Right to Freedom of
Religion -Cultural and Educational Rights -Right to Constitutional Remedies ; Directive
Principles of State Policy ; Fundamental Duties.

UNIT-IV: ORGANS OF GOVERNANCE: Parliament -Composition - Qualifications and

Disqualifications - Powers and Functions - Executive - President - Governor - Council of
Ministers; Judiciary, Appointment and Transfer of Judges, Qualifications.

UNIT – V: LOCAL ADMINISTRATION: District‘s Administration head: Role and

Importance, Municipalities: Introduction, Mayor and role of Elected Representative, CEO of
Municipal Corporation. Panchayati raj: Introduction, PRI: Zila Panchayat. Elected officials
and their roles, CEO Zila Panchayat : Position and role. Block level: Organizational
Hierarchy (Different departments), Village level: Role of Elected and Appointed officials,
Importance of grass root democracy

TEXT BOOK:
Reference Source compilation

REFERENCES:
1. The Constitution of India, 1950 (Bare Act), Government Publication.
2. Dr. S. N. Busi, Dr. B. R. Ambedkar framing of Indian Constitution, 1st Edition, 2015.
3. M. P. Jain, Indian Constitution Law, 7th Edn., Lexis Nexis, 2014.
COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1. Students will be able to discuss the growth of the demand for civil rights in India for
the bulk of Indians before the arrival of Gandhi in Indian politics.
CO2. Students will be able discuss the intellectual origins of the framework of argument
that informed the conceptualization of social reforms leading to revolution in India.
CO3. Students will be able to discuss the circumstances surrounding the foundation of the
Congress Socialist Party [CSP]under the leadership of Jawaharlal Nehru and the
eventual failure of the proposal of direct elections through adult suffrage in the Indian
Constitution.
CO4. Students will be able to discuss the passage of the Hindu Code Bill of 1956.
CO5. Students will be able to discuss the powers of Executive, Judiciary and Legislature.

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: Constitution of India (Common to ALL Branches)

Course Code: A3EHA701
Course Designed by Dept. of English & Humanities
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2
CO5 2

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH & HUMANITIES

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 23.06.15
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - II L T P C
MATHEMATICS-II
A3MAT102 3 - - 3
(MEC,ECE,EEE,CHE & CIV)
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I: NUMERICAL METHODS-1

Solving Algebraic and Transcendental Equations: Intermediate value theorem
(statement), solution concepts, error in solution, measure of accuracy, approximate and
exact solutions, Solution methods: Bisection method, Regula-Falsi method and Newton-
Raphson Iterative method; Finite differences: Forward, backward and shift operators,
relations among operators, Interpolation: Interpolation and extrapolation, data of equal
and unequal intervals, Newton's forward and backward Interpolation formulae,
Lagrange's interpolation formula, Fitting polynomials to the data by using Newton's and
Lagrange's formulae, Inverse Interpolation by Lagrange's formula.

UNIT- II: NUMERICAL METHODS-2

Numerical Integration: Simpson's and Trapezoidal rules, Weddle's and Boole's rules of
integrations; Numerical solutions of ordinary differential equations: Concepts of Initial
Value Problem, Taylor's series method, Euler's method, Runge - Kutta method of fourth
order; Predictor-corrector method: Milne's method to solve initial value problems.

UNIT-III: MULTIVARIABLE CALCULUS

Overview: Functions of two variables, limit and continuity, partial derivative and its
geometrical meaning; Functions of several variables: Partial differential coefficients of
higher order, total derivatives, Chain rules for partial differentiation, partial differentiation of
Implicit functions; Jacobians: Jacobian and properties, chain rule, functional dependence,
Jacobian of implicit functions

Maxima and Minima: Maxima and minima of a function of two variables, constrained
maxima and minima, Lagrange's method of undetermined multipliers.

UNIT-IV: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS -FIRST ORDER

Formation of PDEs: Elimination of arbitrary constants, Elimination of arbitrary
functions; Solution concepts of PDEs: Complete solution / integral, particular integral,
general integral and singular integral, PDEs solvable by direct integration; Linear PDEs of
first order (Lagrange's linear equation): Method of grouping and method of multipliers;
Nonlinear PDEs of first order: Solution methods of solving PDEs in standard forms I, II, III
& IV (as is specified in Text Book 1).

UNIT-V: PARTIAL DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS -HIGHER ORDER

Homogeneous Linear Partial Differential Equations of second and higher order with
constant coefficients: Symbolic form, Rules for finding complementary function, Rules
for finding particular integral, working procedure to get complete solution; Solving
nonhomogeneous linear PDEs of second and higher order with constant coefficients;
Method of separation of variables: concept of boundary value problem, solving boundary
value problems by separating variables.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. B.S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017
2. T.K.V. Iyengar et al, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publishers, Revised edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
2. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th
Reprint, 2010
3. T. Veerarajan, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of course, students shall be able to

CO1 Recall the concepts of numerical methods

CO2 Recall the concepts of multivariable calculus.
CO3 Recall solution methods of PDEs
Use the concepts of numerical methods to solve equations, do interpolation &
CO4
numerical integration and also to solve ODEs numerically.
Use the concepts of multivariable calculus to find maxima & minima of a
CO5
multivariable function.
CO6 Use solution methods of PDEs to solve BVPs.
Apply the concepts of numerical methods, multivariable calculus and PDEs to solve
CO7
real world problems including BVPs.

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: MATHEMATICS-II (MEC,ECE,EEE,CHE & CIV)

Course Code: A3MAT102
Course Designed by Dept. of Mathematics
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 2
CO6 3 3 2 2
CO7 3 3 2 2

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 06.07.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER – II L T P C
ENGINEERING PHYSICS
A3PYT101 3 - - 3
(COMMON TO CE , ME & CHEM)
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: CRYSTALLOGRAPHY
Introduction- Crystal systems- Bravais lattices- Packing fractions of simple, body centered,
face centered cubic structures - Directions and Planes in crystals- Miller indices- Inter planar
spacing- Bragg‘s Law of X-Ray diffraction- Powder X-Ray diffraction method.

UNIT –II: LASER & FIBER OPTICS

LASER: Introduction- Absorption, Spontaneous and stimulated emission of radiation-
Einstein coefficients- Population inversion- Basic components of laser- Nd YAG Laser – CO2
Laser- Applications of LASER.
FIBER OPTICS: Introduction- Principle of optical fiber- Numerical Aperture- Acceptance
angle- Classification of optic fibers- Applications of fibers.

UNIT-III: ULTRASONICS & ACOUSTICS

ULTRASONICS-Introduction- Properties of ultrasonic sounds- Generation of Ultrasonic
sounds- Magnetostriction- Piezoelectric effect- Detection- Kunts tube- Converse piezoelectric
method- Ultrasonic Nondestructive testing technique (pulse-echo technique under reflection
mode)- Applications.
ACOUSTICS- Introduction– Reverberation- Reverberation time- Sabines formula for
reverberation time- Absorption coefficient and its measurement- Factors effecting acoustic
design of hall.

UNIT – IV: THERMODYNAMICS

Introduction- First Law- Isothermal process- Adiabatic process- Work done- Second Law-
Carnot‘s heat engine- Efficiency- Entropy- Physical significance- Entropy and second law-
Temperature entropy diagram- Third Law of Thermodynamics- Applications of
thermodynamics.

UNIT – V: PRINCIPLES OF MECHANICS

Introduction- System of forces- Resultant of coplanar forces- Method of resolution- Parallel
forces- Moment of force- Varignon theorem- Force system in space- Friction- Limiting
friction & Impending motion- Coulomb‘s laws of dry friction- Coefficient of friction- Cone
of friction- Types of friction (qualitative).

TEXTBOOKS
1. Engineering Physics by R.K. Gaur and S.L. Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications.

REFERENCES
1. RESNICK, HALLIDAY and WALKER, Principles of Physics, Wiley Publishers
2. [Link], Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics by, Tata Mc Graw Hill
Publishers.
3. P.K. NAG, Engineering Thermodynamics, Mc. Graw Hill Publishers
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The student will be able to recognize the underlying principles of crystalline
CO1
solids, LASER production and Optical fibers
The student will be able to gain knowledge on the fundamentals of acoustics
CO1
and production & detection of ultrasonics
The student will be able to describe the essentials of thermodynamics, force
CO3
systems and friction.
The student will be able to understand crystal structures and X-ray diffraction
CO4
as a tool for crystal structure analysis.
The student will be able to understand the importance of industrially relevant
CO5 LASERS, applications of optical fibers and the prominence of ultrasonics in
nondestructive testing.
The student will be able to understand basic processes involved in thermo-
CO6
dynamical systems and force systems
The student will have the ability to apply the conceptual knowledge of forces
C07
and its related physical quantities in solving engineering problems.

CO/PO MAPPING:
Course Title: Engineering Physics
Course Code: A3PYT101
Course Designed by Dept. of Physics
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1 1
CO2 3 3 1 1
CO3 3 3 1 1
CO4 3 3 1 1
CO5 3 3 1 1
CO6 3 3 1 1
CO7 3 3 1 1

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER – II L T P C
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING 3 - - 3
A3CIT201
Total Contact Hours : 54
Prerequisites: Mathematics

SYLLABUS
UNIT – I:
INTRODUCTION: Introduction to Programming, Computer System, Hardware and
Software concepts.
PROBLEM SOLVING: Algorithm, Pseudo-code, flow-chart, program development steps,
high-level, Assembly and machine languages.
BASICS OF C PROGRAMMING: Structure of C program, identifier, basic data types and
sizes, constants, variables, arithmetic operators, relational operators, logical operators,
increment and decrement operators, assignment operator, conditional operator, scanf and
printf built-in functions, Creating and running programs.
UNIT – II:
BIT-WISE OPERATORS: logical, shift, rotation, masks.
EXPRESSIONS: expressions, type conversions, conditional expressions, precedence and
order of evaluation.
SELECTION: Two-way selection: if-else, nested if, examples, multi-way selection: switch,
else-if, examples.
ITERATIVE: loops - while, do-while and for statements, break continue, event and counter
controlled loops.
UNIT – III:
Part – I:
ARRAYS: Arrays (1-D, 2-D), Character arrays and Strings, Searching (Linear Search and
Binary Search).
Part – II: [9 HOURS]
BASIC ALGORITHMS: Basic Sorting Algorithms (Bubble, Insertion and Selection),
comparing algorithms for complexity.
FUNCTIONS: Functions, Scope and Extent of Variables, Function Parameters, parameter
passing using call-by-value, sub-routines, Storage Classes,#define,#ifdef, #ifndef pre-
processor directives.
UNIT – IV:
RECURSION: Definition of Recursion, example programs using recursion like finding
Factorial, Fibonacci series, Quick sort, puzzle solving using recursive functions (towers of
hanoi, ackerman function).
POINTERS: Definition of Pointers, Pointer Type, Pointer Arithmetic, Function parameter
passing using call-by-reference.
MEMORY ALLOCATION: Difference between static and dynamic memory allocation,
dynamic memory allocation using built-in functions, dangling pointer, unreferenced memory
problem.
UNIT – V:
ENUMERATED, STRUCTURE AND UNION TYPES: Derived types- structures-
declaration, definition and initialization of structures, accessing structures, nested structures,
arrays of structures, structures and functions, pointers to structures, self-referential structures,
unions, typedef, bit-fields, concept of linked list, program applications.
FILE-HANDLING: Input and output- concept of a file, text files and binary files, Formatted
I/O, File I/O operations, command line arguments.
Text Books
1. Programming For Problem Solving, Behrouz [Link] & Richard [Link], Cengage
Publishers, 3rd Edition
2. Programming In C:A Practical Approach, Ajay Mittal, Pearson Education

Reference Books
1. Brian W. Kernighan And Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice
Hall Of India
2. Introduction To C Programming, Reema Thareja, Oxford University Press
3. E. Balaguruswamy, Programming In Ansi C, Tata Mcgraw-Hill
COURSE OUTCOMES
The student will
Have the ability to describe a formal algorithmic solution for the given problem, list
the features of C including scalar & vector data types, operators, Outline expressions,
CO1
expression evaluation, operator precedence, sequential, conditional & iterative
constructs.
Have the ability to describe one and two-dimensional arrays, outline loops and arrays
CO2
for searching and describe various sorting techniques.
Have the ability to outline the purpose of functions, pointers, command line
arguments, dynamic memory allocation. Define storage classes. Describe command
CO3
like arguments, structures, unions, and enumeration. Have knowledge of handling
files.
Have the ability to solve complex expressions, design algorithms and develop
CO4 programs in C language using the basic constructs, data types, operators, control &
iterative statements, and arrays.
Have the ability to apply arrays to solve complex matrix related problems and strings.
CO5 Compare and contrast various searching and sorting techniques for complexity.
Have the ability to distinguish between function call types. Draw inferences on
command line arguments, storage classes, and pre-processor directives. Use pointers
with functions, arrays, strings, to solve complex problems. Give example and solve
CO6
classical recursion problems. Compare and contrast static and dynamic memory
allocation, and apply them. Use structures and unions to implement and solve real-
time problems. Apply file related functions to process files.
Have the ability to Fully appreciate the art of procedural programming in C and
CO7 develop programs optimally using the full feature set of C language.
Course Title: Programming for problem solving (Common to ALL Branches)
Course Code: A3CIT201
Course Designed by Dept. of Computer Science and Engineering
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSOM PSON PSOO
CO1 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO3 3 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 1
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 3 3 3
CO7 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3

Levels of Correlation: High-3, Medium-2, Low-1

 SEMESTER - II L T P C
COMPUTER AIDED ENGINEERING
A3MED201 1 - 3 3
GRAPHICS
Total Contact Hours – 60

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I
Overview of Computer Graphics:
Computer technologies that impact on graphical communication, Demonstrating
knowledge of CAD software [such as: The Menu System, Toolbars (Standard, Object
Properties, Draw, Modify and Dimension), Drawing Area (Background, Crosshairs,
Coordinate System), Dialog boxes and windows, Shortcut menus (Button Bars), The
Command Line, The Status Bar, Different methods of zoom as used in CAD, Select and
erase objects.
Set up of the drawing page and the printer, Scale settings, Setting up of units and
drawing limits; ISO and ANSI standards for coordinate dimensioning and tolerancing.
Applying dimensions to objects, applying annotations to drawings;

UNIT-II
Layers: Setting up and use of Layers, layers to create drawings, create, edit and use
customized layers, concept of view ports.
Introduction to Orthographic Projections: Projections of Points; Projections of
Straight Lines parallel to both planes; Projections of Straight Lines-Parallel to one and
inclined to other plane.

UNIT-III
Projections of Straight Lines and Planes: Lines inclined to both planes, determination
of true lengths, angle of inclinations and traces, Projections of Planes

UNIT-IV
Projections and sections of solids: Projections of simple solids- Sections of solids

UNIT -V
Development of surfaces, Isometric Projection and Conversion of Isometric Views
to Orthographic Views: Principles of Isometric projection – Isometric Scale, Isometric
Views, Conventions; Isometric Views of lines, Planes, Simple and compound Solids;
Conversion of Isometric Views to Orthographic Views and Vice-versa

TEXT BOOKS
1. DM Kulkarni, AP Rastogi, AK Sarkar ―Engineering graphics with Auto CAD‖ PHI
Publishers
2. Bhatt N.D., Panchal V.M. & Ingle P.R ―Engineering Drawing‖ Charotar Publishing
House.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Shah, M.B. & Rana B.C ―Engineering Drawing and Computer Graphics‖, Pearson
Education.
2. Agrawal B. & Agrawal C. M ―Engineering Graphics‖, TMH Publication.
3. Narayana, K.L. & P Kannaiah ―Engineering Drawing‖, SciTech Publishers.
4. CAD Software Theory and User Manuals.
 COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course the students will be able to:
CO1 Prepare two dimensional drawings using draw and modify commands in
Auto CAD software and represent dimensions to the drawings
CO2 Clearly differentiate different types of projections and get solutions to
projections of points in Auto CAD by applying the layers concept
CO3 Solve problems related to projections of straight lines and planes
CO4 Prepare simple solids in CAD software and obtain solutions to projections
and sections of solids
CO5 Develop the surfaces of simple solids, prepare Isometric drawings and
convert isometric drawings into orthographic views

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: Computer Aided Engineering Graphics

Course Code: A3MED201
Course Designed by Dept. of Mechanical Engineering
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 2
CO2 3 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 2 3 1 1 2 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 1
CO5 3 2 3 3 1 1 2 3 2 2 3 1

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER – II L T P C
A3PYL101 ENGINEERING PHYSICS LAB - - 3 2
Total Contact Hours – 42

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Determination of size of the micro dimensional system by Laser diffraction.
2. Determination of numerical aperture and acceptance angle of the optic fiber.
3. Determination of lattice constants of the crystal systems.
4. Verification of laws of transverse vibrations in stretched strings by using
Sonometer.
5. Determination of velocity of ultrasonic sounds in liquids by acoustic grating
method
6. Determination of thermal conductivity coefficient of the disc shaped material.
7. Determination of specific heat of the given liquid by Newton‘s law of cooling
principle.
8. Determination of temperature coefficient resistance for the thermistor.
9. Determination of the static friction coefficient.
10. Determination of rigidity modulus of the wire shaped material by using Torsional
pendulum.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. BALASUBRAMANIAN.S, SRINIVASAN.M..N, A Text book of Practical Physics, S
Chand Publishers, 2017

REFERENCES:
1. [Link]

COURSE OUTCOMES:
. Design experiments to determine the size of the micro-dimensional system
CO1
and the parameters impelling communication through optic fibre.
CO2. Investigate the powder X-Ray diffraction patterns for crystal structure analysis.
Design experiments for demonstration of mechanical resonance and determine
CO3.
the velocity of ultrasonic sounds in liquid media.
Design experiments to determine physiognomies of materials like the thermal
CO4. conductivity coefficient (K), specific heat (s) and temperature coefficient of
resistance (α).
Design experiments to determine the mechanical properties like the rigidity
CO5
modulus (η) and the static friction coefficient (μs).
CO/PO MAPPING:
Course Title: Engineering Physics Lab
Course Code: A3PYL101
Course Designed by Dept. of Physics
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 1 2 1 1
CO2 3 3 1 2 1 1
CO3 3 3 1 2 1 1
CO4 3 3 1 2 1 1
CO5 3 3 1 2 1 1

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER – II L T P C
PROGRAMMING FOR PROBLEM SOLVING - - 3 2
A3CIL201 LABORATORY
Total Contact Hours : 42
Prerequisites: Mathematics

SYLLABUS

WEEK 1:
Objective: Getting familiar with the programming environment on the computer and writing
the first program.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 1: Problem-solving using computers
Lab1: Familiarization with programming environment

i) Exposure to Turbo C, gcc, Code Blocks IDE

ii) Writing simple programs using printf(), scanf()
WEEK 2:
Objective: Getting familiar with how to formally describe a solution to a problem in a series
of finite steps both using textual notation and graphic notation.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 2: Problem-solving using Algorithms and Flow charts
Lab1: Converting algorithms/flowcharts into C Source code
Developing the algorithms/flowcharts for the following sample programs
i. Sum and average of 3 numbers
ii. Conversion of Fahrenheit to Celsius and vice versa
iii. Simple interest calculation
WEEK 3:
Objective: Learn how to define variables with the desired data-type, initialize them with
appropriate values and how arithmetic operators can be used with variables and constants.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 3: Variable types and type conversions:
Lab 3: Simple computational problems using arithmetic expressions
i) Finding the square root of a given number
ii) Finding compound interest
iii) Area of a triangle using heron‘s formulae
iv) Distance travelled by an object
WEEK 4:
Objective: Explore the full scope of expressions, type-compatibility of variables & constants
and operators used in the expression and how operator precedence works.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 4: Operators and their precedence and associativity:
Lab 4: Simple computational problems using the operator‘s precedence and associativity
i) Evaluate the following expressions
a. A+B*C+(D*E)+F*G
b. A/B*C-B+A*D/3
ii) a. A+++B---A
b. J=(i++)+(++i)
iii) Find the maximum of three numbers using conditional operator
iv) Take marks of 5 subjects in integers, and find the total, average in float
WEEK 5:
Objective: Explore the full scope of different variants of ―if construct‖ namely if-else, null-
else, if-else if*-else, switch and nested-if including in what scenario each one of them can be
used and how to use them. Explore all relational and logical operators while writing
conditionals for ―if construct‖.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 5: Branching and logical expressions:

Lab 5: Problems involving if-then-else structures

i) Write a C program to find the max and min of four numbers using if-else
ii) Write a C program to generate electricity bill
iii) Find the roots of the quadratic equation
iv) Write a C program to simulate a calculator using switch case
v) Write a C program to find the given year is a leap year or not
WEEK 6:
Objective: Explore the full scope of iterative constructs namely while loop, do-while loop
and for loop in addition to structured jump constructs like break and continue including when
each of these statements is more appropriate to use.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 6: Loops, while and for loops:
Lab 6: Iterative problems e.g., the sum of series
i) Find the factorial of given number using any loop
ii) Find the given number is a prime or not
iii) Compute sine and cos series
iv) Checking a number palindrome
v) Construct a pyramid of numbers
WEEK 7:
Objective: Explore the full scope of Arrays construct namely defining and initializing 1-D
and 2-D and more generically n-D arrays and referencing individual array elements from the
defined array. Using integer 1-D arrays, explore search solution linear search.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 7: 1D Arrays: searching
Lab 7: 1D Array manipulation, linear search
i) Find the min and max of a 1-D integer array
ii) Perform linear search on1D array
iii) The reverse of a 1D integer array
iv) Find 2‘s complement of the given binary number
v) Eliminate duplicate elements in an array
WEEK 8:
Objective: Explore the difference between other arrays and character arrays that can be used
as Strings by using null character and get comfortable with string by doing experiments that
will reverse a string and concatenate two strings. Explore sorting solution bubble sort using
integer arrays.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 8: 2D arrays, Sorting and Strings
Lab 8: Matrix problems, String operations, Bubble sort
i) Addition of two matrices
ii) Multiplication two matrices
iii) Sort array elements using bubble sort
iv) Concatenate two strings without built-in functions
v) Reverse a string using built-in and without built-in string functions

WEEK 9:
Objective: Explore the Functions, sub-routines, scope and extent of variables, doing some
experiments by parameter passing using call by value. Basic methods of numerical
integration
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 9: Functions, call by value, scope and extent,
Lab 9: Simple functions using call by value, Solving differential equations using Eulers
theorem
i) Write a C function to calculate NCR value
ii) Write a C function to find the length of a string
iii) Write a C function to transpose of a matrix
iv) Write a C function to demonstrate numerical integration of differential equations
using Euler's method

WEEK 10:
Objective: Explore how recursive solutions can be programmed by writing recursive
functions that can be invoked from the main by programming at-least five distinct problems
that have naturally recursive solutions.

Suggested Experiments/Activities:

Tutorial 10: Recursion, the structure of recursive calls

Lab 10: Recursive functions

i) Write a recursive function to generate Fibonacci series

ii) Write a recursive function to find the lcm of two numbers
iii) Write a recursive function to find the factorial of a number
iv) Write a C Program to implement Ackermann function using recursion
v) Write a recursive function to find the sum of series.

Objective: Explore the basic difference between normal and pointer variables, Arithmetic
operations using pointers and passing variables to functions using pointers
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 11: Call by reference, dangling pointers
Lab 11: Simple functions using Call by reference, Dangling pointers

i) Write a C program to swap two numbers using call by reference

ii) Demonstrate Dangling pointer problem using a C program
iii) Write a C program to copy one string into another using pointer
iv) Write a C program to find no of lowercase, uppercase, digits and other characters
using pointers.
UNIT – V
Objective: Explore pointers to manage a dynamic array of integers, including memory
allocation & value initialization, resizing changing and reordering the contents of an array
and memory de-allocation using malloc(), calloc(), realloc() and free() functions. Gain
experience processing command-line arguments received by C
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 12: Pointers, structures and dynamic memory allocation
Lab 12: Pointers and structures, memory dereference

i) Write a C program to find the sum of a 1D array using malloc()

ii) Write a C program to find the total, average of n students using structures
iii) Enter n students data using calloc() and display failed students list
iv) Read student name and marks from the command line and display the student
details along with the total.
v) Write a C program to implement realloc()

Objective: Experiment with C Structures, Unions, bit fields and self-referential structures
(Singly-linked lists) and nested structures
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 12: Bitfields, Self-Referential Structures, Linked lists
Lab 12: Bitfields, linked lists
i) Read and print a date using dd/mm/yyyy format using bit-fields and differentiate
the same without using bit-fields
ii) Create and display a singly linked list using self-referential structure
iii) Demonstrate the differences between structures and unions using a C program
iv) Write a C program to shift/rotate using bitfields
v) Write a C program to copy one structure variable to another structure of the same
type.
Objective: To understand data files and file handling with various file I/O functions. Explore
the differences between text and binary files.
Suggested Experiments/Activities:
Tutorial 14: File handling:
Lab 14: File operations
i) Write a C program to write and read text into a file
ii) Write a C program to write and read text into a binary file using fread() and
fwrite()
iii) Copy the contents of one file to another file
iv) Write a C program to merge two files into the third file using command-line
arguments
v) Find no. of lines, words and characters in a file
vi) Write a C program to print last n characters of a given file.

TEXTBOOKS:
1. Ajay Mittal, Programming in C: A practical approach, Pearson.
2. Byron Gottfried, Schaum's Outline of Programming with C, McGraw-Hill
REFERENCES:
1. Brian W. Kernighan and Dennis M. Ritchie, The C Programming Language, Prentice-
Hall of India
2. C Programming, A Problem Solving Approach, Forouzan, Gilberg, Prasad,
CENGAGE
COURSE OUTCOMES
Demonstrate the ability to write a formal algorithmic solution for the given problem,
name & explain the features of C like types including scalar & vector types,
CO1.
operators, expressions, expression evaluation, operator precedence, sequential,
conditional & iterative constructs.
Implement one and two-dimensional arrays to solve simple mathematical and matrix
CO2. related problems. Make use of loops and arrays for searching and Compare various
sorting techniques.
Identify the purpose of functions, pointers, command line arguments, dynamic
CO3. memory allocation. Define storage classes. Understand command like arguments,
structures and unions. Have knowledge of handling files.
Design algorithms and develop programs in C language using the basic constructs,
CO4.
data types, operators, control statements, and arrays.
Apply pointers, functions, derived data types, and dynamic memory allocation, design
CO5
solutions to challenging problems.
Illustrate the art of procedural programming in C and develop programs optimally
CO6
using the full feature set of C language.

Course Title: Programming for problem solving lab

Course Code: A3CIL201
Course Designed by Dept. of CSE & IT
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO PSO PSO
1 2 3
CO1 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO2 3 3 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3 3 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3 3 3
Levels of Correlation: High-3, Medium-2, Low-1

Course designed by DEPARTMENTS OF CSE & IT

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - II L T P C
A3EHL001 Essential Communication in English 1 - 3 3
Total Contact Hours – 60

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: BASIC LANGUAGE SKILLS – A REFRESHER

Organs of Speech: Consonant Sounds &Vowel Sounds; Phonemic Transcription; Using a
Dictionary to know the Pronunciation of a word
Presenting Oneself: Introducing oneself -Using different expressions in Formal&Informal
Contexts.
Reading a News Article: Identifying the key words and their usage; summarizing the
information
Word Study & Mind Mapping: Root words–Derivatives; Homonyms, Homographs,
Homophones; Synonyms & Antonyms

UNIT – II: RUDIMENTS OF FUNDAMENTAL COMMUNICATION

The World: Listening & watching Documentaries on World famous Places.
Describing People, Places and Life experiences: Physical Description- Describing
someone‘s qualities – Usage of Jargon to present topography.
Short Story Corner: Reading a short story – Understanding the mood and essence – Sharing
different perspectives.
Sentence Patterns: Concord – Rules – Common errors in day-day usage

UNIT-III: COMMUNICATION AT PRACTICE

Oratory Skills: Listening to World‘s Famous Speeches
JAM (Just a Minute) Talk: Format & Delivery Techniques
Nuances of Language: Company Description –Position Description (Formal) – processes
like Chocolate Making( Informal).
Types of Sentences – Declarative, Interrogative, Assertive etc.

UNIT-IV: COMMUNICATION THROUGH CONCEPTUAL LEARNING

BBC English: Watching interviews of Famous people.
Dialogue Practice: Situational Dialogues; Structuring a Role Play
New Inventions: Reading about latest technology pertaining to different fields (Source :
Science Journals)
Transformation of sentences: Active Voice-Passive Voice, Direct & Indirect Speech,
Degrees of Comparison, Simple Compound & Complex Sentences.

UNIT – V: COMMUNICATION THROUGH LIFE SKILLS

Watching Movies for Language Enrichment & Writing Reviews.
Skits: Enacting a Skit on a Social Issue
Reflections: Reading News Paper Editorial columns, Literacy Reviews, Poetry
Presenting an autobiography: Exploring different styles of writing autobiographies and
evolving an own style.
TEXT BOOK:
Reference Source Compilation by the Department

REFERENCES:
1. Fundamentals of Technical Communication by Meenakshi Raman,OUP.
2. Living English Structure by [Link] Allen, Pearson Publications.
3. English Made Easy by Mary Margaret Hosler, Mc Graw Hill.
4.. English and Communication Skills for Students of Science and Engineering, by
Dhanavel, S.P. Orient Blackswan Ltd.
5. The Oxford Guide to Writing and Speaking by John Seely , OUP

COURSE OUTCOMES:

Student will be able to come to terms with the basic language Skills required to
CO1
cater to the requirement of the programme undertaken.
CO2 Student will be able to comprehend and analyze the core concepts well.
Student will be able to gain proficiency in all four skills of Language –
CO3
Listening, Reading, Speaking and Writing.
Student will be able to understand the Syntactical and Grammatical
CO4
Components of English Language and their correct use.
Student will be able to present his/her ideas confidently in a Professional
CO5
manner.

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: Essential Communication in English

Course Code: A3EHL001
Course Designed by Dept. of English & Humanities
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 3 3 3

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH & HUMANITIES

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.19
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - III L T P C
EFFECTIVE TECHNICAL
A3EHT001 2 - 2 3
COMMUNICATION
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT – I: PROFICIENCY SKILLS IN COMMUNICATION

Listening Comprehension (Basic Level):

 Working memory – attention –Vocabulary – Inference- comprehension
monitoring.
Elocution:
 Composition of words in phrases and clauses – Collocation of words –
patterns of sentences – proper use of conjunctions.
Reading Comprehension Practice – I:
 Reading Passages for Enrichment of Vocabulary and Sentence
Improvement.
Sentence Completion:
 Concepts &Rules

UNIT – II: COMMUNICATION FOR COMPETITIVE WORLD

Listening Comprehension- (Advanced):

 TOEFL – GRE - IELTS Orientation, Mock Tests.
Group Discussion:
 Purpose – Planning –Participation. Etiquette – reaching consensus in
group work
Reading Comprehension Practice – II:
 Skimming & Scanning Techniques
Idiomatic expressions & Foreign Expressions and their usage

UNIT-III: COMMUNICATION FOR PROFESSIONAL OUTREACH

Interview Skills:
 Watching Mock Interviews, Interview Training Sessions,
Mock Interviews :
 Facing Interviews, Prerequisites and practice
Cloze Passages :
 Reading &Understanding the sequence of sentences in passages
Syllogisms:
 Major Premise – Minor premise – Conclusion
Analogies:
 Types of Analogies

UNIT-IV: CAREER PLANNING & GUIDANCE

Video Profile:
 Preparation – Planning - Execution
Presentation Skills:
 Making an oral Presentation -Structuring ideas – Power Point
Presentation etiquette –Practice
Reading Comprehension – III (Practice)
 (Passages culled from model papers of competitive and qualifying
examinations)
Resume Writing & Cover Letter writing

UNIT – V: ENGLISH & PROFESSIONAL ETIQUETTE

Learning through Visuals:

 Body Language Gestures & Postures.
Debating Skills:
 Making an opening statement – rebuttals – Closing statement, Debate
etiquette
Logic based English Language Tests – Practice
Report Writing:
 Types of Reports – Writing a Technical Report

TEXT BOOK:

Open Source Compilation

REFERENCES:

1. Basic Communication Skills for Technology by Andrea [Link], Pearson

Publications.
2. Business Communication Today Courtland L. Bovee,John [Link] Abha Chatterjee,
Pearson Publications.
3. How to Do Well in GDs and Interviews by Pearson Publications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:

CO1 Student will be able to develop proficiency in Communication in English.

Student understands the structure and pattern of various competitive and
CO2
qualifying examinations for higher studies and employment.
CO3 Student will be able to express professionally his/her views to the context.
Student will be able to understand the need and concept of professional
CO4
etiquette as a prerequisite for written and spoken communication.
CO5 Student shall be able to hone his/her analytical thinking skills.
CO6 Student will be able to acquire the employability skills needed.

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: Effective Technical Communication

Course Code: A3EHT001
Course Designed by Dept. of English & Humanities
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 2 2 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 3 3 3
C06 2 2 3 3 3

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF EHGLISH & HUMANITIES

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29.06.19
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - III L T P C
A3EHT002 Professional Ethics and Human Values 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours : 48
Prerequisite : UHV

UNIT I: Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process for Value Education
Purpose and motivation for the course, recapitulation from Universal Human Values-I, Self-
Exploration, Its content and process; ‗Natural Acceptance‘ and Experiential Validation,
Continuous Happiness and Prosperity, Right understanding, Relationship and Physical
Facility, Understanding Happiness and Prosperity correctly, Method to fulfil the above
human aspirations
UNIT II: Understanding Harmony in the Human Being - Harmony in Myself
Human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‗I‘ and the material ‗Body, needs of Self (‗I‘)
and ‗Body‘, Body as an instrument of ‗I‘, characteristics and activities of ‗I‘ and harmony in
‗I‘, harmony of I with the Body, Programs to ensure Sanyam and Health.

UNIT III:
Understanding Harmony in the Family and Society- Harmony in Human-Human
Relationship
Human-human relationship; meaning of Justice, nine universal values in relationships, Trust
and Respect as the foundational values of relationship, Understanding the harmony in the
society, Resolution, Prosperity, fearlessness (trust) and co-existence as comprehensive
Human Goals, Undivided Society, Universal Order- from family to world family

Harmony in the Nature and Existence

Harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness and mutual fulfilment among the four orders of
nature- recyclability and self-regulation in nature, Understanding Existence as Co-existence,
Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence

UNIT IV:
Engineering Ethics & Engineers Rights and Responsibilities
The History of Ethics-Purposes for Engineering Ethics-Engineering Ethics- Professional and
Professionalism –Professional Roles to be played by an Engineer –Professional Ethics-Types
of Inquiry .Safety and Risk, Concept of Safety – Types of Risks - Designing for Safety –
Risk- Benefit Analysis-Accidents- Professional Rights and Responsibilities – confidential
and proprietary information-Loyalty-Conflict of Interest–Occupational Crimes-industrial
espionage-price fixing-endangering lives- Whistle Blowing-types of whistle blowing- Case
Studies

UNIT V: Global Issues and IPR

Globalization- Cross-culture Issues- Ethics and Research-Analyzing Ethical Problems in
Research-Intellectual Property Rights- Intellectual Property Law- Copyright-principles-
Rights-infringement -Law- Patent – stages-infringement- Law- Case Studies.

*Include practice exercises and case studies will be taken up in practice sessions (tutorial
hours)
Ex. To discuss the conduct as an engineer or scientist etc.

Text Books

1. Human Values and Professional Ethics by R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, Excel

Books, New Delhi, 2010
Reference Books

1. Jeevan Vidya: Ek Parichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.

2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)

COURSE OUTCOMES
1. Knowledge of happiness, prosperity, natural acceptance and harmony
2 Knowledge of harmony in the human being, family, society and nature/existence
3. Knowledge of professional ethics and global issues & IPR
4. Understand happiness, prosperity, natural acceptance and harmony
5 Understand harmony in the human being, family, society and nature/existence
6. Understand the professional ethics, global issues and IPR
7. Apply universal values and ethics in all spheres of life
 A3EHT002 & Professional Ethics And Human Values
Course designed by
CO / PO PO1 PO1 PO1 PSO PSO
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9
mapping 0 1 2 1 2
CO1 1 2 3 1 1
CO2 1 2 3 1 1
CO3 1 2 3 1 1
CO4 1 2 3 1 1
CO5 1 2 3 1 1
CO6 1 2 3 1 1
CO7 1 3 2 3 1 1

A3EHT002 & Professional Ethics And Human Values

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER – III L T P C
A3CHT101 Biology for Engineers 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I:
Introduction: Biology and its applications, Biological classification, Living Organisms:
Cells and Cell theory, Cell structure and function.

UNIT-II:
Biochemistry and molecular analysis: Chemical composition of living forms, analysis of
Chemical composition, Carbohydrates, Amino acid and proteins, protein synthesis, Nucleic
acids, lipids, nature of bonding and qualitative tests.

Unit-IIIA:
Genetics: Transfer of genetic information, Mendelian Law, Mendel‘s law of inheritance,
Gene interaction, multiple allens, chromosome theory of inheritance., linkage,
Recombination, Chromosome mapping, Genetic disorders, Nucleic acids, replication of
DNA, types of RNA, Transcription, Genetic code, translation and steps in translation.

Unit-IIIB:
Metabolism: Thermodynamics as applied to biological systems. Exothermic and
endothermic reactions. Concept of Keq and its relation to standard free energy, Spontaneity.
ATP as an energy currency. The breakdown of glucose toCO2 + H2O (Glycolysis and Krebs
cycle) and synthesis of glucose from CO2 and H2O (Photosynthesis). Energy yielding and
energy consuming reactions, Concept of Energy charge.

UNIT-IV:
Enzymes and industrial applications: Mode of action of enzymes, properties of enzymes,
chemical reactions, factors affecting enzyme activity, Co-factors, importance of enzymes,
industrial application of enzymes.

UNIT-V:
Microbiology and Industrial applications: Microorganism, Growth kinetics, culture media,
sterilization, Microscopy, application of microbiology, immunology and immunity, Cancer
Biology, stem cells.

Text books:
1. Biology for Engineers by Wiley (ISBN: 9781121439931), 1st edition TMH, New
Delhi (2019)
2. Suraish kumar G K, Biology for Engineers, Oxford University Press, New Delhi
(2019)
References:

1. Campbell, NA and Reece JB, Biology, International edition, 7th edition or later,
Benjamin Cummings, New York (2007 or later)
2. Karp, G, Cell and Molecular Biology: Concepts and Experiments, 7th edition, Wiley,
New York (2013)
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Explain the importance of biology in engineering.
2. Identify the importance of chemicals like lipids, sugars, polysaccharides, amino acids
and proteins
3. Know the importance of DNA and RNA
4. Describe the process metabolism
5. Know the various applications of industrial enzymes
6. Know the importance of industrial microbiology in the current scenario.
7. Explain importance of the microbes and its applications.

Mapping of POs & COs (Program Outcomes & Course Outcomes)

A3CHT101 Biology for Engineers

CO / PO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PSO2
mapping
CO-1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO-2 2 2
CO-3 2 2
CO-4 2 2
CO-5 2 2
CO-6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
CO-7 2 2

A3CHT101 Biology for Engineers

Course designed by Department of Chemical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29th Jun, 2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13th AUG, 2020
 SEMESTER - III L T P C
MATHEMATICS-III
A3MAT106 3 - - 3
(common to CIV & MEC)
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

Unit-I: Random Variables & Probability Distributions

Random Variables: Discrete and continuous random variables, properties of mass and
density functions. Mathematical Expectation: Properties (statements), Moment
Generating Function; Outlines: of Binomial and Poission distributions; Normal
Distribution: Probability density function, Normal approximation to Binomial
Distribution, Parameters of Normal Distribution(statements), Characteristics of normal
distribution, Area under normal curve, Standard normal distribution.

Unit-II: Statistical Methods

Curve fitting by least squares method: Bi-variate data, scatter diagram, method of least
squares, normal equations, fitting of straight line, second degree curve (parabola),
exponential and power curves; Correlation: types of correlation, measures of correlation,
Karl Pearson coefficient of correlation and its properties; Regression Analysis: Regression
Coefficients and its Properties, Regression lines.

Unit-III: Multiple Integrals

Double Integral: Concept of double integration, properties, evaluation procedures, change
of order of integration, double integrals in polar coordinates; Change of variables: Jacobian
of transformations, Change of Cartesian coordinates to polar coordinates in double
integrals, Applications of double integrals: Calculation of areas enclosed by plane curves
(Cartesian and polar coordinates);
Triple Integrals: Evaluation procedures of triple integrals; Change of variables:
Jacobian of transformations, Change of rectangular coordinates to Cylindrical and
Spherical polar coordinates in triple integrals; Applications of triple integrals: Volumes of
solids.

Unit-IV: Differential Calculus of Vectors

Gradient: Scalar and vector point functions, scalar and vector fields, vector operator ‗del‘,
Gradient of a scalar point function (GradФ), geometrical interpretation of GradФ,
directional derivative, maximum directional derivative, evaluation of scalar potential of
an irrotational field; Divergence: Divergence of a vector point function, physical
interpretation of divergence, solenoidal vector function; Curl: Curl of a vector point function,
physical interpretation of curl, Rotational and Irrotational fields.

Unit-V: Integral Calculus of Vectors

Line integral of a vector function: Line integral and its types, applying line integral to
calculate ‗circulation‘ of a fluid particle and total work done by a force; Surface integral of a
vector function: Surfaces, types of surfaces, surface integral and its types, evaluation of
surface integrals; Volume integral of a vector function: Evaluation of volume integrals;
Integral theorems relating line, surface and volume integrals: Green's theorem in a plane,
Stoke's theorem and Gauss divergence theorem (all statements), Verification of theorems.
Text Books:
1. B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017
2. T.K.V. Iyengar et al, Engineering Mathematics, S. Chand Publications, Revised
edition .

Reference Books:
1. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons,
2011.
2. B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi,11th
Reprint, 2010.
3. Murugesan and Gurusamy, Probability, Statistics and Random Process, Anuradha
Publicatons.

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course, students shall be able to:
Recall the concepts of Random Variables, Probability Distributions, Curve
CO 1
Fitting and Correlation, Regression
CO 2 Recall the concepts of Multiple Integrals
CO 3 Recall the concepts of Vector Calculus
Use and Interpret the concepts of Random Variables, Probability Distributions,
CO 4
Curve Fitting and Correlation, Regression
CO 5 Use and interpret the concepts of Multiple Integrals
CO 6 Use and interpret the concepts of Vector Calculus
Apply the concepts of Probability Distributions, Statistical Methods, Multiple
CO 7
Integrals and Vector Calculus to model and solve real world problems.

CO/PO Mapping
Course Title: Mathematics-III (CIV & MEC)
Course Code: A3MAT106
Course Designed by Dept. of Mathematics
CO Program Outcome (PO) PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
1 3 3 2 2
2 3 3 2 2
3 3 3 2 2
4 3 3 2 2
5 3 3 2 2
6 3 3 2 2
7 3 3 2 2

Course Designed by Dept. of Mathematics

Approval Approved by Board of Studies (BoS) of Department of Mathematics in its
4th meeting held on 06.07.2019
Ratified by Academic Council in its 5th meeting held on 13.07.2019.
 SEMESTER - III L T P C
A3MET301 ENGINEERING MECHANICS 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I Introduction to Engineering Mechanics and System of Forces:
Coplanar force systems: Coplanar forces and its Resultant, Free body diagram, Particle
equilibrium and Rigid Body equilibrium; Equilibrium of Coplanar Forces, Moment of
Force and its Application, Couples, Types of beams, Static indeterminacy
Non Coplanar/spacial force systems: Components in space, Resultant of spacial force
systems, Equilibrium of spacial force Systems in space

UNIT II Basic Structural Analysis & Friction:

Trusses: Types of plane trusses, Perfect plane Trusses, How to determine if a member is
in tension or compression; Method of Joints, Method of Sections, Zero force members;
Friction: Types of friction, Limiting friction, Laws of Friction, Impending Motion,
wedge friction, Ladder friction.

UNIT III Centroid, Centre of Gravity & Moment of Inertia

Centroid and Centre of Gravity: Centroid of a plane curve, Centroid of a simple plane
area from first principle, centroid of composite section, Pappu‘s theorems, Centre of
Gravity and its implications.
Moment of Inertia: Area moment of inertia- Definition, Moment of inertia of plane
sections from first principles, Theorems of moment of inertia, Radius of gyration,
Moment of inertia of composite sections; Mass moment inertia of simple solids, Mass
moment inertia of composite solids

IV Introduction to Kinematics & Kinetics

Introduction to Kinematics: Rectilinear motion, curvilinear motion, Inclined projection,
Rotation about fixed axis, Kinematics of plane motion.
Introduction to Kinetics of Rigid Bodies: Basic terms, general principles in dynamics,
D‘Alembert‘s principle, kinetics of general plane motion, connected bodies, Kinetics of
rigid body rotation.

UNIT V Energy, Momentum Methods & Virtual Work:

Work Energy Method: Work energy principle for translation and its application in plane
motion of connected bodies, Work done by a spring, Work energy principle for fixed axis
rotation, Work energy method applied to plane motion.
Virtual Work & Momentum Methods: Introductory concepts of Virtual Work,
Principle and application of Virtual work. Linear Impulse and momentum, Conservation
of momentum, Impact of elastic bodies, Coefficient of restitution.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. Timoshenko, D.H. Young, [Link], Sukumar Pati, Engineering Mechanics, TATA
McGraw Hill Education, 2017 .
2. Ferdinand. L. Singer, Engineering Mechanics: Statics & Dynamics, BS Publications,
2011 .
 REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. [Link], Engineering Mechanics - Statics & Dynamics, Pearson, 2016.
2. J.L. Meriam, L.G. Kraige, [Link], Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics, Wiley
India Edition, 2018.
3. Ferdinand P. Beer, E. Russell Johnston, Vector Mechanics for Engineers, McGraw
Hill Publ, 2019.

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course the student will be able to
i. Draw free body diagrams for different components of structural/machine members.
ii. Apply the equations of equilibrium for solving the problems of statics.
iii. Determine moment of inertia of any Area/Volume with definable boundaries about
any axis.
iv. Differentiate centroid, centre of mass and centre of gravity
v. Find the displacement, velocity and accelerations of bodies subjected to unbalanced
system of forces.
vi. Compare different methods of approach for solving the problems of dynamics
vii. Will be able to apply the knowledge of engineering mechanics for solving the
problems of statics and dynamics

A3MET301 ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

PSO1

PSO2
PO10

PO11

PO12
CO / PO/ PSO
PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

mapping

i 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
ii 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
iii 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
iv 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
v 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
vi 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
vii 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 3 3

A3MET301 ENGINEERING MECHANICS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - III L T P C
A3MET302 ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Work and Heat transfer: Fundamentals - System & Control volume; Property, State &
Process; Exact & Inexact differentials; Work - Thermodynamic definition of work; examples;
Displacement work; Path dependence of displacement work and illustrations for simple
processes; electrical, magnetic, gravitational, spring and shaft work. (4)
Temperature, Definition of thermal equilibrium and Zeroth law; Temperature scales; Various
Thermometers- Definition of heat; examples of heat/work interaction in systems- First Law
for Cyclic & Non-cyclic processes; Concept of total energy E; Demonstration that E is a
property; Various modes of energy, Internal energy and Enthalpy. (4)

UNIT II
Properties of Pure substances: Definition of Pure substance, Ideal Gases and real gases, gas
mixtures, Compressibility charts- Properties of two-phase systems - Const. temperature and
Const. pressure heating of water.
Definitions of saturated states; P-v-T surface; Use of steam tables, Saturation tables;
superheated tables; Identification of states & determination of properties, Mollier‘s chart. (8)

UNIT III
First Law of Thermodynamics: First Law for Flow Processes - Derivation of general
energy equation for a control volume; Steady state steady flow processes including throttling;
applications of steady flow energy equation.(6)
Second Law of Thermodynamics: Second law - Definitions of direct and reverse heat
engines; Definitions of thermal efficiency and COP; Kelvin-Planck and Clausius statements;
Definition of reversible process; Internal and external irreversibility; Carnot cycle, Carnot
theorem, corollary of Carnot theorem, Absolute temperature scale. (10)

UNIT IV
Entropy: Clausius inequality; Definition of entropy S; Demonstration that entropy S is a
property; Evaluation of ‗S‘ for solids, liquids, ideal gases and ideal gas mixtures
undergoing various processes; Principle of increase of entropy; Illustration of processes in
T-s coordinates, entropy balance to various systems. (8)

UNIT V
Exergy: Availability and Irreversibility, Availability function for systems and Control
volumes undergoing different processes, Lost work. second-law efficiency. Exergy balance to
closed systems and control volumes. (8)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to
1. Define system, heat, work and pure substance with suitable examples
2. Calculate the heat transfer, work done for different thermodynamic process and
Evaluate the thermodynamic properties of steam and gas mixtures
3. State first law and second law of thermodynamics
 4. Apply first and second law of thermodynamics to thermal systems
5. Define and demonstrate the concept of entropy and evaluation of s for different fluids
6. Describe the concept of exergy and apply exergy balance for closed and steady flow
systems
7. Apply laws of thermodynamics for open and closed systems and calculate properties
of pure substances and gas mixtures
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Yunus A. Cengel , Michael A. Boles, Thermodynamics: An Engineering Approach,
McGraw Hill.2017
2. [Link], Engineering Thermodynamics, McGraw Hill Education. 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Moran, M. J. and Shapiro, H. N., Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics, John
Wiley and Sons.2014.
2. Sonntag, R. E, Borgnakke, C. and Van Wylen, G. J., Fundamentals of Thermodynamics,
John Wiley and Sons. 2012.
A3MET302: ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
P
CO / PO PSO S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
mapping 1 0
2
1. 3 3 1 1
2. 3 3 2 2 1 1
3. 3 3 2 1 1 1
4. 3 3 2 1 1 1
5. 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
6. 3 2
7. 3 2 1 2

A3MET302 : ENGINEERING THERMODYNAMICS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - III L T P C
A3MET303 MATERIALS ENGINEERING 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I
Crystallization: Importance of Material Engineering study, Crystallization
&Critical radius. Grain Size Measurement, Grain morphology in casting and
welding, Imperfection in solids, Plastic deformation.

UNIT-II
Alloying and Phase diagrams: Need of alloys, Solid solution, Gibb‘s phase rule,
Phase diagrams: Concept of Tie line and Lever rule, Classification of Binary Phase
diagrams, Isomorphous Phase diagram, Eutectic Phase diagram, Peritectic,
Eutectoid, Strengthening mechanism and Polymorphism, Fe-Fe3C Phase diagram,
Problems on Iron-iron carbide phase diagram.

UNIT-III
Ferrous, Non Ferrous Metals and Alloys: Steels and its classification, Steel
Designating system, Role of alloying elements in steel, Stainless steel, Tool steel,
Hadfield steel, dual phase steel, Maraging steel, Cast iron and its classification,
Grey CI, White CI, Malleable and spheroidal CI. Aluminum and its alloys, Copper
and its alloys, Titanium and its alloys, Nickel based super alloys
Advanced Materials: Composite materials and their classification with
applications, Ceramic materials and classification with applications, Materials for
Marine applications, Materials for Aerospace applications, Nano Materials and
classification, Bio materials, Concept of DBT & UF grains.

UNIT-4
Bulk Heat treatment: Need for Heat treatment Stages of Heat treatment,
Classification, Annealing and types, Normalizing, Construction of TTT, CCT
diagram and applications,
Martempring, Austempering, Hardening, Hardenability, Jominy End Quench Test,
Tempering, Age hardening, Cryogenic Heat treatment
UNIT-5

Surface Heat treatment: Surface hardening Techniques: Carburizing, Nitriding,

Carbo- Nitriding, Cyaniding, Flame hardening, Induction hardening, Plasma
hardening, Vacuum Hardening; Surface treatment techniques: Galvanizing,
Boronizing, Physical Vapor Deposition, Chemical Vapor Deposition.
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. W. D. Callister, Materials Science and Engineering-An Introduction‖, 6th
Edition, Wiley India. 2006
2. Sidney H. Avner: Introduction to Physical Metallurgy, TMH Publishing
Co. Ltd. New Delhi,1997.
References:
1. Kenneth G. Budinski and Michael K. Budinski, ―Engineering Materials‖,
Prentice Hall of India Private Limited, 4th Indian Reprint, 2002.
2. [Link], Sushil V. Material Science and Metallurgy,43rd Edition,
Everest Publishing house,2018.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Student will be able to
1. Describe crystallization and grain development.
2. Describe phase diagram and its implications for different alloy systems.
3. Select suitable material for an intended application.
4. Classify recently developed materials and describe their applicability in wide areas
5. Select suitable heat treatment process for required mechanical properties of metals
6. Select suitable surface treatment process for specific applications
7. Select suitable material and treatment approach for required structure-property
correlation

A3MET303- MATERIALS ENGINEERING

Course Department of Mechanical
designed Engineering
by
CO / PO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 1 1 PS P
mapping 0 1 2 O1 S
0
2
1. 2 3 - - - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
2. 2 2 - - - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
3. 2 3 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
4. 1 1 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
5. 3 2 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
6. 3 2 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
7. 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2 1 - 1 - -

A3MET303 MATERIALS ENGINEERING

Course designed Department of Mechanical Engineering
by
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - III L T P C
Computer Aided Geometric Design and
A3MEL301 - - 4 2
Assembly
Total Contact Hours – 64

SYLLABUS
Introduction to Modeling packages - ProEngineer, Ideas, CATIA, Uni Graphics, Solid
Works.
Drafting
1. Simple 2D-drawing using sketcher options
2. Complex and Application Oriented 2D-drawing using sketcher options
Modeling
3. Simple 3D- drawing using form features
4. Complex 3D-drawing using form features
Assembly
5. Universal Coupling
6. Oldham Coupling
7. Knuckle Joint
8. Cotter joint
9. Eccentric
10. Single plate clutch
11. Square Tool post
12. Clapper block
REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. CATIA V5R14 for Designers by Sham Tickoo

2. Creo Parametric 2.0 by Louis Gary Lamit

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the student will be able to

1. Present an overview of CAD and describe its applications in different fields

2. Describe common terms associated with CAD hardware and software.
3. Give outline of basic principles associated with CAD and to demonstrate common
drafting and modeling techniques used by professionals.
4. Introduce the advanced capabilities of CAD and how they can be used to increase
productivity
CO/PO Mapping

A3MEL301: Computer Aided Geometric Design and Assembly

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
1. 1 3 3 1 2 2 3
2. 1 3 3 1 2 2 3
3. 1 3 3 1 2 1 3 3
4. 1 3 3 1 2 1 3 3

A3MEL301: Computer Aided Geometric Design and Assembly

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER – III L T P C
A3CHA701 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 2 0 0 0
Total Contact Hours – 30
COURSE OBJECTIVES
1. To study about the scope and importance of multidisciplinary nature of
environmental science.
2. To study about the natural resources and their importance for the sustenance of life
and the need to conserve natural resources.
3. To study about the ecosystem and its function in the environment.
4. To study about the importance of biodiversity, the threats to biodiversity and
conservation practices to protect the biodiversity.
5. To study about the various types of pollution, its impact and measures to control
pollution.
6. To study about solid waste management techniques
7. To study about the sustainability nature of environment

ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
SYLLABUS:

UNIT – I:
Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies: Definition, Scope and Importance of
Multidisciplinary nature of Environmental Studies, Climate change: Global warming, Acid
rains, Ozone layer depletion
UNIT – II:
Natural resources:
Forest resources, deforestation, case studies –Water resources – Use and over utilization of
surface and ground water –Floods, drought, conflicts over water, dams – benefits and
problems, Mineral resources: Use and exploitation, environmental effects of mining, case
studies. Food resources- World food problems, effects of modern agriculture, Land resources-
land degradation, soil erosion and desertification, Energy resources: Growing energy needs,
renewable and non-renewable energy sources.
UNIT – III:
Part A:
Ecosystem: Concept of an ecosystem, Classification, Structure of an Ecosystem: Producers,
consumers and decomposers, different functions of an ecosystem.
Part B:
Biodiversity
Definition and types: genetic, species and ecosystem diversity, Values of biodiversity,
Conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and Ex-situ conservation of biodiversity.
UNIT – IV:
Environnemental Pollution :
Definition, Cause, effects and control measures of Air pollution, Water pollution, Soil
pollution, Marine pollution, Noise pollution, Nuclear hazards. Role of an individual in
prevention of pollution.
UNIT – V: Social issues and the environment:
Sustainability, urban and energy related problems
Solid waste Management: Causes, effects and control measures of urban and industrial
wastes,
Text Books:
1. Environmental Studies by Anubha Kaushik, 4th Edition
2. A Textbook of Environmental Studies by Shaashi Chawla, TMH, New Delhi
3. Environmental Studies by P.N. Palanisamy, P. Manikandan, A. Geetha, and K.
Manjula Rani; Pearson Education, Chennai

References:
1. Text Book of Environmental Studies by Deeshita Dave & P. Udaya Bhaskar,
Cengage Learning.
2. Environmental Studies by K.V.S.G. Murali Krishna, VGS Publishers, Vijayawada
3. Environmental Studies by Benny Joseph, Tata McGraw Hill Co, New Delhi

Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Understand the scope and importance of multidisciplinary nature of environmental
science.
2. Understand the natural resources and their importance for the sustenance of life and
the need to conserve natural resources.
3. Understand ecosystem and its function in the environment,
4. Understand the importance of biodiversity, the threats to biodiversity and
conservation practices to protect the biodiversity.
5. Understand the various types of pollution, its impact and measures to control
pollution.
6. Understand solid waste management technologies.
7. Understand the sustainability nature of environment.
ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PSO2
mapping
CO-1 2 1
CO-2 1 2 2
CO-3 2 2 1 1
CO-4 1 1
CO-5 1 1 1 1
CO-6 1 2 1 1
CO-7 1 1 1

A3CHA701 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE

Course designed by Department of Chemical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29th Jun, 2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13th AUG, 2020
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
MATHEMATICS-IV
A3MAT110 3 - - 3
(common to CIV, MEC & CHE)
Total Contact Hours – 48

Syllabus
Unit-I: Fourier Series 09 Hours
Outlines: Periodic function, even and odd functions, generalized rule of integration
by parts, special wave forms like square wave, half wave rectifier, full wave rectifier,
saw-toothed wave, triangular wave; Fourier Series expansions: Euler's formulae
for Fourier series, Dirichlet's conditions, Fourier series expansions for functions of
period 2π, functions having points of discontinuity, Change of interval, Fourier
series expansions for functions of period 2L, Fourier series of odd and even
functions; Half range Fourier Series: Half range sine and cosine series.
Unit-II: Fourier Transformations 08 Hours
Fourier Integral: Fourier integral theorem and its complex, sine and cosine forms
(statements only); Fourier Transformations (FTs): Concepts of integral transforms
and its Kernels, Complex Fourier transformation, Fourier sine transformation &
Fourier cosine transformations and their inverse transforms, Properties of Fourier
transforms, Computation of Fourier, Fourier sine and Fourier cosine transformations
using properties, evaluation of integrals, deductions of identities, Applications of FTs
to solve integral equations.
Unit-III: Applications of PDEs 07 + 07 Hours
Transverse vibrations of a stretched string (One dimensional wave equation):
Solution by separation of variables method, boundary conditions, formation of
physical problems of stretched string in to a boundary value problem (BVP), Solving
BVPs for their particular solutions;
One dimensional heat flow equation: Solution by separation of variables method,
modeling one dimensional heat flow phenomena as a BVP, solving BVPs for their
particular solutions; Two dimensional heat flow equation (Laplace equation): Solution
by separation of variables method, modeling two dimensional heat flow phenomena
as a BVP, solving BVPs for their particular solutions.
Unit-IV: Complex Variables (Differentiation) 09 Hours
Functions of complex variables: Neighborhood of a point in complex plane,
Regions, limit and continuity of a complex function, derivative of a complex
function, Cauchy-Riemann equations, analytic function, Entire function, Conjugate
function, C-R equations in polar coordinates, Laplace equation, harmonic
functions, harmonic conjugates; Construction of analytic functions: Milne-
Thomson method; Applications to Electrical field and fluid flow problems: Complex
potential, velocity potential, stream function in electrical field and fluid flow
problems.
Unit-V: Complex Variables (Integration) 08 Hours
Line integral of a complex function: Concept of complex integration, simple closed
curve and multiple curves, simply and multiply connected domains, line integral and
its properties, evaluation of line integral, Cauchy‘s integral formula, Cauchy‘s integral
theorem, Cauchy‘s integral formula for derivatives; Outlines: of Taylor‘s &
Laurent‘s series; Cauchy's residue theorem: Concepts of zeros, singularities and
poles of an analytic function, residues, calculation of residues, Cauchy‘s residue
theorem.
//Topics prefixed with ‗Outlines‘ are not for assessment//
Text Books:
TB1 B. S. Grewal, Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44/e, Khanna Publishers, 2017
TB2 T.K.V. Iyengar et al, Mathematical Methods, [Link] Publishers

Reference Books:
RB1 Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10/e, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
RB2 B.V. Ramana, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi, 11th
Reprint, 2010.
RB3 T. Veerarajan, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2008

Course Outcomes (COs): At the end of course, students shall be able to:
CO 1 KO#1 Recall the concepts of Fourier Series and Fourier Transformations
CO 2 KO#2 Recall the Applications of PDEs
CO 3 KO#3 Recall the concepts of Complex variables
CO 4 UO#1 Use and Interpret the concepts of Fourier Series and Fourier
Transformations
CO 5 UO#2 Use and interpret the Applications of PDEs
CO 6 UO#3 Use and interpret the concepts of Complex variables
CO 7 AO#1 Apply the concepts of Fourier Series, Fourier Transformations, PDEs and
complex variables to model and solve real world problems.

CO/PO Mapping
Course Title: Mathematics-IV (Common to MECH, CHEM & CIVIL)
Course Code: A3MAT110
Course Designed by Dept. of Mathematics
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
CO1 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 2
CO5 3 3 2 2
CO6 3 3 2 2
CO7 3 3 2 2

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 06.07.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
A3MET202 Design Thinking and Product Innovation 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 64

SYLLABUS:
UNIT 1: Introduction to Design Thinking
Design Thinking in General : The Concept of Design Thinking, Wicked Problems, The
Principles and the mindset of Design Thinking, Generic Phases of Design Thinking process
and activities involved in each of the phase, Design Thinking Frameworks.
Design Thinking for New Product Development : Role of Design Thinking in NPD, When
to Apply Design Thinking and When Not to, StageGate Vs Lean Vs. Agile methodologies Vs
Design Thinking, Design innovation.

UNIT 2: Problem Identification process in Design Thinking

Empathize: Empathize - Goals and methods, Usage of Tools (Design Briefs - Nine Criteria
with example), Usage of Tools (Creation of Personas, Illustrative application of Personas),
Student Activity on Empathize phase.
Define: Importance of Define Phase, activities, Usage of Tools (Experience Mapping process
with example), Usage of Tools (Developing Insights using HMW Questions, question
ladder), Student Activity on Define phase.

UNIT 3: Problem Solving Process in Design Thinking, Case Study discussion &
implementation
Ideate: Importance of Ideate Phase, 77 Design Heurisitics, Diverge Ideas, Converge Ideas
Student Activity on Ideate phase
Prototype & Test: "A Design Thinking Product Development Framework", What Is a Story?
What Is a Prototype?, "Putting It Together—Combining Stories and Prototypes", Employing
Stories and Prototypes in Your Process
Case Study Implementation: Case Study Discussion mapping the End to End Design
Thinking Process to the topics discussed till cluster 3, Case Study - 1 (Problem Identification
Processes in Design Thinking)
Case Study - 1 (Problem Solving Processes in Design Thinking)
Case Study - 2 (Problem Identification Processes in Design Thinking)
Case Study - 2 (Problem Solving Processes in Design Thinking)
Student implementing phases of DT towards Problem Solving:
Problem Area Identification
Application of Empathize Phase
Application of Empathize Phase
Case Study Evaluation Phase - 1
UNIT 4: Product Innovation
The Role of Design in Early-Stage Ventures: Introduction: An Emerging Start-up Culture,
The Process: Winding from idea to product, Discussion on Case Study, Troubleshooting
Common Mistakes
Optimal Design for Radically New Products: Introduction- six ideas and their
implementation
Communicate the Challenge Goal toward Radically New Products, Shift Time Frames to
Future and Past, Promote an Emerging Technology Focus across the Consumption Chain,
Use of Analogical Thinking, Look for Novel Ways to Solve Simple Problems, Leverage
More Ideators via Crowdsourcing

UNIT 5: Case Study implementation

Student implementing phases of DT towards Problem Identification & Solving
Application of Define Phase
Application of Define Phase
Case Study Evaluation Phase - 2
Application of Ideate Phase
Student implementing phases of DT towards Problem Identification & Solving
Application of Ideate Phase
Build Prototype
Test the solution
Case Study Evaluation Phase – 3

Text books & Reference books:

1. Design think new product development essentials from the PDMA – Wiley edition
2. Product Design and Development Karl Ulrich (Author), Steven Eppinger –Fifth
edition
3. Design Thinking Getting Started Sidneyeve Matrix,
[Link]
4. [Link]
5. [Link]
6. [Link]
process
7. [Link]
8. [Link]
9. [Link]
together/
10. [Link]
gate/#:~:text=In%20practice%2C%20lean%20product%20development,is%20comple
ted%20within%20each%20stage.
11. [Link]
b8d850503b3a
12. [Link]
 13. [Link]
14. [Link]
15. [Link]
process-ideate

Course Outcomes:
On completion of the course, students will have the ability to:
i. Describe various phases of Design Thinking and various tools for Empathizing in
Design Thinking
ii. Describe various tools for Ideation, Prototyping in Design Thinking
iii. Outline the Design process for new Product development in startups and techniques to
design Radically New Products
iv. Give examples for empathize and define phases in Design Thinking
v. Give examples for Ideation, Prototyping in Design Thinking
vi. Draw inferences on designing Radically New Products in emerging startups.
vii. Apply Design Thinking principles, methodologies, phases and tools to design a
New/Radically new Process/Service/Product
CO/PO Mapping
A3MET202: Design thinking and Product Innovation
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
8. 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
9. 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
10. 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
11. 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2
12. 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2
13. 3 3 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2
14. 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 3

A3MET202: Design Thinking and Product Innovation

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
A3MET304
STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Simple Stress and Strains: Concept of stress and strain: Types of stresses and strains-
Hooke‘s law-Poisson‘s ratio-Factor of safety, Mechanical properties of materials, Stress-
strain diagram for ductile and brittle materials, Analysis of bar of varying sections: Uniform-
Stepped and tapered sections, Principle of super position. (4)
Composite bars and temperature stresses:
Elongation of a bar due to self-weight- bar of uniform strength, Composite bars, Stresses in
bolts and nuts, Temperature stresses in composite bars, Strain energy under different
loadings. (5)

UNIT II
Volumetric strain and Elastic constants: Volumetric strain of a cylindrical rod,
Rectangular bar subjected to an axial tensile load in the direction of its length, Rectangular
bar subjected to three mutually perpendicular forces, Relation between Young‘s modulus and
Rigidity modulus, Relation between Young‘s modulus and Bulk modulus. (4)
Principal stresses: Principal planes and principal stresses-Analytical method for determining
stresses on oblique section-Member is subjected to like direct stress in two mutually
perpendicular directions, Analytical method - Member is subjected to direct stresses in two
mutually perpendicular directions accompanied by a simple shear stress, MOHR‘S circle – A
body subjected to two mutually perpendicular principal tensile stresses of unequal intensities,
Unequal and unlike, accompanied by shear stress. (5)

UNIT III
Torsion of Circular Shafts : Torsion equation with assumptions, Polar modulus- Strength of
a shaft and torsional rigidity / stiffness, Torque and power transmitted by solid circular shafts,
Hollow circular shafts. (5)
Thin and thick cylinders: Thin cylinders - Stresses in thin cylinders-hoop stress,
longitudinal stress, Change in dimensions, Efficiency of a joint, Thick cylinders-Lame‘s
equation- assumptions, Thick cylinder subjected to inside fluid pressures. (4)

Shear Force & Bending Moment Diagrams in Beams: Beam – classification – loads and
reactions – concept of SF and BM – Sign convention - Cantilever beam subjected to point
loads, Distributed loads, Uniformly varying loads, Combined loads, Simply supported beams
subjected to point loads, Distributed loads, Uniformly varying loads, Combined loads, Over
hanging beams subjected to point load and distributed loads, Beams subjected to couples. (9)
UNIT IV
Bending stresses in Beams: Bending stresses in beams - pure or simple bending-
terminology-assumptions, Bending equation-moment of resistance, Bending stress in
symmetrical sections, Unsymmetrical sections, Strength of a section. (5)
Shear stresses in Beams: Shear stress in a beam-derivation, Shear stress distribution in the
beams of rectangular section, Circular section, I-Section, T-Section. (4)

UNIT V
Deflection of Beams: Deflection of beams-Relation between slope-deflection and radius of
curvature, Double integration method-Cantilever beam subjected to point load at is free end,
point load at a distance from fixed end, uniformly distributed load, Uniformly varying load,
Simply supported beams subjected to point loads at its centre, Eccentric point load,
Distributed and varying loads, Beams subjected to couples, Macaulay‘s method. (9)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Popov E.P, ―Engineering Mechanics of Solids‖, PHI, New Delhi, 2010.
2. R K Bansal, Strength of materials -5th Edition-Laxmi publications-2013
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Ferdinand Beer & Russell Johnston, Mechanics of materials, TATA McGraw Hill-
2005
2. S.S. Rattan, Strength of Materials, Tata McGraw Hill, 2009
3. [Link], Strength of Materials, Vikas publications House -1 Pvt. Ltd., 2nd Ed.,
2006.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i) know the various mechanical properties of materials, stresses and strains, Factor of
safety, elastic constants and their relationship.
ii) draw the shear force and bending moment diagrams for beams subjected different
type of loadings and know about various stresses induced in shafts and pressure
vessels.
iii) know about flexural and shear strength in beams along with deflections.
iv) understand the concept of Mohr‘s circle and determine principal stresses.
v) understand the stress distribution in beams, pressure vessels and shafts.
vi) calculate the bending, shear stresses and deflections at any location along the beams.
vii) analyze various members subjected to tension, compression, torsion, bending and
shear stresses, deflections using the fundamental concepts of stress, strain and elastic
behavior of materials.
 A3MET304 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

PSO1

PSO2
PO10

PO11

PO12
CO / PO/ PSO

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9
mapping

viii 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
ix 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 2
x 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
xi 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1 1
xii 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
xiii 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2
xiv 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 2

A3MET304 STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
A3MET305 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours : 48 lecture hours

UNIT I
Fluid properties, Pressure measurement and Buoyancy: Definition of fluid, properties
of fluids- density, specific weight, specific volume, specific gravity, viscosity,
Newton‘s law of viscosity, vapor pressure, compressibility, surface tension and capillarity,
Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, pressure in a static fluid, pressure measurement,
manometers-simple, U-tube differential manometer, buoyancy, stability of submerged and
floating bodies. (9)

UNIT II
Fluid kinematics, Dynamics and Dimensional analysis: Types of flows, local acceleration
and convective acceleration,-potential function, stream function, control volume-
conservation of mass, conservation of momentum- pipe bend, Conservation of energy,
Bernoulli‘s equation and its applications, need for dimensional analysis, methods of
dimension analysis, similitude, types of similitude, dimensionless parameters, application
and model analysis. (9)

UNIT III
Viscous fluid flow: Exact flow solutions of Navier-Stokes equations-Parallel flow in a
straight channel, Couette flow, Hagen Poiseuille flow, Darcy Weisbach equation, friction
factor, and Moody‘s diagram.
Bounday layer theory and Flow through pipes: Concept of boundary layer, laminar and
turbulent boundary layer over a flat pate, establishment of flow in a pipe, boundary layer
separation and control of separation,, flow through pipes, pipes in series, pipes in parallel,
head loss in pipes and fittings. (10)
UNIT IV
Hydraulic Turbines: Classification of water turbines, heads and efficiencies, velocity
triangles- Pelton wheel, Francis turbine and Kaplan turbines, draft tube, specific speed, unit
quantities, performance curves for turbines, governing of turbines.
(10)

UNIT V
Hydraulic Pumps: Rotodynamic pump, various heads and efficiencies, centrifugal pumps,
working principle, velocity components at entry and exit of the rotor, work done by
the impeller, specific speed of pump, NPSH, cavitation in pumps, performance curves,
reciprocating pump working principle. (10)
.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S K Som, Gautam Biswas, Suman Chakraborthy, Introduction to Fluid Mechanics
and Fluid Machines, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd., 2011.
2. Frank M. White, Fluid Mechanics, McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt Ltd., 2017.
 REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. K. Subramanya, Fluid Mechanics and Hydraullic Machines, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd., 2011.
2. Yunus A. Cengel, John M. Cimbala, Fluid Mechanics- Fundamentals and
Applications, McGraw Hill Education, 2018.
3. P M Modi, S M Seth, Hydraulics and Fluid Mechanics, Standard Book House, 2017.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. Explain the effect of fluid properties on a flow system
ii. Apply fundamental laws of fluid mechanics for practical applications
iii. Prediction of flow phenomena of external and internal fluid flows
iv. Understand the concept of boundary layer theory
v. Analyze the performance of different hydraulic turbines.
vi. Estimate the performance parameters of rotodynamic and reciprocating pumps.
vii. Know, understand and apply the basic concepts of Fluid Mechanics to carry out
professional engineering activities in the field of fluids.
Mapping of Cos and POs
A3MET305:Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
CO/PO/PSO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PSO2
Mapping
i. 3 2 3 2 2
ii. 3 3 2 1 3 2 2
iii. 3 3 1 1 3 2 2
iv. 3 2 3 2 2
v. 3 3 2 1 3 1 2
vi. 3 3 2 1 3 1 2
vii. 3 3 2 1 3 1 2

A3MET305 Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Machines

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
A3MET306 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES 3 0 0 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I
Metal Casting:
Classification of manufacturing processes. Casting- Definition, classification, Metals cast in
the foundry-, factors that determine the selection of a casting alloy. Patterns: classification,
materials, allowances and their importance. Sand molding: Sands, Binder, Additives;
Molding and Core making, Jolt type, squeeze type and Sand slinger. Study on sand molding
process Mould Making: Sand Properties and Testing, Core Making, Melting technique.

UNIT-II
Concept of gating: Functions and types. Design considerations in casting.
Special Casting Techniques: Shell molding, Investment molding, Casting using metal
molds: Gravity die casting, pressure die casting, centrifugal casting, slush casting and
continuous casting processes. Fettling and cleaning of castings: Basic steps involved. Sand
Casting defects- causes, features and remedies.

UNIT-III
Welding: Classification- types of welds, welded joints, welding positions, and welded joints
design. Gas and arc welding processes: Basic principle of Oxy acetylene welding, Shielded
metal arc welding, submerged arc welding, TIG & MIG welding, Plasma arc welding

Resistance welding: Basic principle of Spot welding, Seam welding, Projection welding and
Flash Butt welding. Solid state welding: Basic principle of Diffusion Bonding, Ultrasonic
welding, Friction welding, and Friction stir welding. High Energy Beam Welding: Basic
principle of LBW and EBW. Basic principle of Thermit Welding, Soldering and brazing. Gas
cutting, plasma cutting. Welding defects.
UNIT-IV
Sheet metal operation: Blanking and piercing, deep drawing, stretch forming, bending,
spring back, coining, Spinning. Types of presses, press tools and dies. Forces and power
requirement in the above operations.
Introduction to bulk forming: Plastic deformation, fundamentals of hot and cold working.
Forming processes: Forging, Rolling, Extrusion and Drawing – advantages, limitations,
applications and load estimation.

UNIT-V
Processing of Plastics: Types of Plastics, Properties, applications and their Processing
methods & Equipment
Additive Manufacturing: Introduction to Rapid Manufacturing and Rapid Tooling,
Prototyping Techniques: Stereo lithography (SLA), Selective Laser Sintering (SLS), Fused
Deposition Modelling (FDM), Selective Laser Melting (SLM) and Laminated Object
Manufacturing (LOM). Applications and limitations.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rao P.N., Manufacturing Technology – Volume I, 5/e, McGraw-Hill Education,
2017.
2. Amit Bandyopadhyay and Susmita Bose, Additive manufacturing, CRC Press 2019.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. E P Degarmo, J T Black and A Kosher, Materials and Processes of Manufacture, John
Wiley & Sons 2004.
2. G K Lal and S K Choudhury, Fundamentals of Manufacturing Processes, Narosa
Publishing House 2005.
3. F Ostwald and J Munoz, Manufacturing Processes and Systems, John Wiley and Sons
2002.
 COURSE OUTCOMES: The student will be able to
i. Describe processes involved in metal casting
ii. Design and select a suitable technique to get a sound cast
iii. Describe various metal joining techniques
iv. Select proper parameters and technique to get a sound weld
v. Describe various metal/plastic forming methods and rapid prototyping techniques
vi. Perform analysis of metal/plastic forming
vii. Suggest suitable manufacturing techniques for variety of product and materials

A3MET306 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 2 1 1 1 1
ii 3 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 2
iii 2 1 1 2 1
iv 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
v 2 2 1 1 2 1
vi 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 2 2
vii 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2

A3MET306 MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
AI Tools, Techniques and Applications 3 - - 3
A3MET201
Total Contact Hours – 96
Prerequisites: PPS Course
SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: Introduction to Python
The basic elements of python, Control Structures, Loops, Functions and scoping, Recursion, Global
variables, Modules, Strings, Files.

UNIT-II: OOP in Python

Structured Types, Mutability and Higher-Order Functions, Tuples, Lists and Dictionaries, OOP in
Python: Classes, Objects, Constructors, Inheritance, Encapsulation.

UNIT-III: Introduction to AI
Basics of AI. Applications of AI. Advanced search, Constraint satisfaction problems, Knowledge
representation & reasoning, Non-standard logics, Uncertain and probabilistic reasoning

Conceptual introduction to Machine Learning: Introduction to Neural Networks, Supervised,

Unsupervised, and Semi-Supervised Learning, introduction to Reinforcement learning, Deep
Learning: layers, activation functions, optimizers.

UNIT-IV: Image Processing

Conceptual introduction to Image Processing & Computer Vision: Introduction to Image
processing, Setting up OpenCV, Filtering Images, Tracking Faces with Haar Cascades, Detecting
Edges and Applying Image Filters, Detecting and Tracking Different Body Parts, Extracting Features
from an Image
Applications: GEN: Automation, Fault detection in machines, Crack detection.

Unit V: Computer Vision:

Image - Definition and Tagging. Classification of images. Tagging. Image formation, Deep Learning
algorithms for Object detection & Recognition. Object Tracking, Stereo Vision and 3D
Reconstruction, Augmented Reality
Applications: GEN: Robotics; Autonomous vehicles.
Text Books:
1. Ashok Namdev Kamthane, Amit Ashok Kamthane, Programming and Problem solving with
PYTHON, McGraw Hill Education, 2018 (UNIT-I & II)
2. Joseph Howse, Prateek Joshi, Michael Beyeler, OpenCV Computer Vision Projects with Python,
Packt Publishing (2016) – (UNIT-IV & V)
3. Stuart J. Russell and Peter Norvig, Artificial Intelligence A Modern Approach (UNIT-III)
Reference Books:
1. Tom Mickiewicz & Josh Zheng, Getting started with Artificial Intelligence, Published by
O‘Reilly Media, 2017.
2. Aurelian Geron, Hands on Machine Learning with Scikit-Learn and TensorFlow
[Concepts, Tools, and Techniques to Build Intelligent Systems], Published by O‘Reilly
Media, 2017.
3. Navin Kumar Manaswi, Deep Learning with Applications Using Python, Apress.
Text books and References:
1. Programming and Problem solving with PYTHON, McGraw Hill Education, Ashok
Namdev Kamthane, Amit Ashok Kamthane, 2018.
2. AI Tool and Techniques Laboratory manual.
3. Computer Vision with Python 3, Packt Publishing Ltd, Saurabh Kapur, 2017.

COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of the course the student will

i. Have the ability to describe basic programming constructs and object oriented
programming concepts in Python
ii. Have the ability to describe the fundamentals of AI & ML concepts and DL concepts.
iii. Have the ability to describe about Image Processing & Computer Vision concepts
iv. Have the ability to explain the fundamental concepts and OOP of Python.
v. Have the ability to explain and outline the features of AI & ML and DL
vi. Have the ability to demonstrate the Image Processing techniques & Computer Vision
concepts and apply in various domains.
vii. Have the ability to apply and bring to bear the full complement of concepts of Python
to solve AI problems through programming with Python.

CO/PO Mapping

A3MET201 AI Tools, Techniques and Applications

Course
Department of Electronics and Communication Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 3 3 2 3
ii. 3 2 2 1 3
3
iii. 2 2 1 1
2
iv. 2 1 3 1
v. 3 2 2 1 2
vi. 3 2 2 1 2
vii. 3 2 2 1 1 2 3

A3MET201 AI Tools, Techniques and Applications

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
AI Tools, Techniques and Applications
- - 3 2
A3MEL201 Laboratory

SYLLABUS:

Laboratory Experiments
Week 1) Working of operators, expression evaluation, ways of accepting input and displaying output.
Recall the basics of elements of Python and their usage in different advanced packages.
1. Write a program to calculate the area of a circle.
2. Write a program to calculate simple interest (SI). Read the principle, rate of interest
and number of years from the user.
3. Write a program to read a temperature in Celsius from the user and convert it into
Fahrenheit.
4. Write a program to calculate the distance between two points. The formula for
computing distance is (𝑥2 − 𝑥1 )2 + (𝑦2 − 𝑦1 )2
Week 2 & 3) Explore on control and iterative statements.
1. Write a program to prompt a user to enter the values of the three different variables
and display the output of the following expressions.
a. p>q>r
b. p<q<r
c. p<q and q<z
d. p<q or q<z
2. Write a program to prompt a user to enter two numbers. Find the greater number.
3. Write a program to test whether a number is divisible by 5 and 10 or by 5 or 10.
4. Write a program to prompt a user to enter a day of the week. If the entered day of the
week is between 1 and 7 then display the respective name of the day.
5. Finding the Number of Days in a Month.
6. Write a program to check whether the number entered is an Armstrong number or not.
7. Write a program to print Fibonacci series up to 8.
8. Check if the number entered is prime or not.
9. Read the string ―Hello World‖ from the user. Make use of continue keyword and
remove space.
Week 4 & 5) Working on Functions, Strings, Files, and Global variables along with modules.
1. Write a program to add the sum of digits (using functions) from 1 to 25, 50 to 76 and
90 to 101 using three different for loops.
2. Write a program to find the factorial of a given number using functions.
3. Write a function calc_Distance(x1, y1, x2, y2) to calculate the distance between two
points represented by Point1(x1, y1) and Point2 (x2, y2).
4. Write a recursive function which computes the nth Fibonacci number. Fibonacci
numbers are defined as:
Fib(0)= 1,
Fib(1) = 1
Fib(n)= Fib(n-1)+Fib(n-2). Write this as a Python code and then fi nd the 8th
Fibonacci number.
5. Calculation of Compound Interest and yearly analysis of Interest and Principal
amount.
 6. Write a program to add the content of a file [Link] and display the sum of all the
numbers present in the file.
7. Write a program to read the contents of a file [Link] and calculate the total marks
and percentage obtained by a student.

Week 6 &7) Explore on python data Structures like lists, tuples and dictionaries.
1. Create a list of five elements. Pass the list to a function and compute the average of
five numbers.
2. Write a program that prompts a user to enter the element of a list and add the element
to a list. Write a function maximum(Lst) and minimum(Lst) to find the maximum and
minimum number from the list.
3. Write a function print_reverse(Lst) to reverse the elements of a list.
4. Write a program to return prime numbers from a list.
5. Write a program to calculate the area of a rectangle by assigning the value to the
attributes of a rectangle, i.e. length and breadth.
6. Write a program to count the frequency of characters using the get() method.
Week 8) Integrating Machine Learning with Computer Vision.
Week 9) Image preprocessing operations using openCV
Week 10) Feature extraction of an image
Week 11) Perform object detection.
Week 12) Object Tracking in a video
Week 13) Lab based Project
Week 14) Lab based Project
 SEMESTER - IV L T P C
A3MEL302 Materials Lab 0 0 3 2
Total number of hours (48 hours )
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Strength of Materials
1. Tensile Test - Uniaxial tension test on mild steel rod
Scope: To prepare a standard tensile test specimen, conduct load extension
test on UTM and find out various mechanical properties like Young‘s
modulus, Percentage Elongation, Yield strength, Ultimate tensile strength
and Breaking strength of various engineering materials.
2. Double shear test
Scope: To Prepare a standard shear test specimen and conduct a shear test on
UTM and find the ultimate shear strength of different materials.
3. Compression tests of non-metallic specimens
Scope: To Prepare a standard Compression test specimen and conduct a
compression test on CTM and find the ultimate compressive strength of
different materials.
4. Torsion Test - Torsion test on mild steel rod
Scope: To Prepare a standard torsion test specimen and conduct load
deflection test and find properties like Rigidity modulus, ultimate shear
strength, torsional rigidity etc.
5. Bending Test on metallic specimens.
Scope: To prepare a standard bend test specimen and conduct load deflection
test on UTM and find the flexural strength of materials
6. Impact test on a metallic specimen - Izod and Charpy Tests on M.S, C.I Specimen.
Scope: To prepare a standard test specimen with notch and conduct impact
test to find the impact strength of materials
7. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers‘s Hardness test.
Scope: To conduct hardness test and find hardness numbers of materials
8. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for
different parameters.
Scope: To prepare a standard wear test specimen, conduct wear test on pin on
disc wear testing machine and find wear resistance different of materials
9. Deflection Test - Bending deflection test on beams
Scope: To determine young‘s modulus of brittle materials by conducting
deflection test.
10. Microscopic examination of heat-treated and untreated metallic samples

Metallurgy
11. Material characterization of casting.
12. Identification of HAZ in weldments.
13. Material characterization of heat treated steels.
14. Microstructure of pure metal Copper/ Aluminium
15. Microstructure of Cast Iron.
16. Failure analysis of engineering component like refrigerator tubes/ connecting rod/
crankshaft.
Use material property charts for material selection.
COURSE OUT COMES:

On completion of the course, the students will be able to:

i. Understand and demonstrate the procedures of making a standard test specimen and
conduct experimentation by setting up standard testing parameters to find various
mechanical properties of Engineering Materials
ii. Correlate, comprehend and report on important mechanical properties of materials
iii. Understand the significance and application of various engineering materials
iv. A student can identify various phases of revealed microstructure.
v. Select suitable etchant as per the material for investigation.
vi. Understand different grades of steel and features related to hardenability curves.

A3MEL302: Materials Laboratory

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PS02
mapping 1
i. 2 1 3 3 2 3
ii. 2 1 3 3 2 3
iii. 2 1 3 3 2 3
iv. 2 1 3 3 2 3
v. 2 1 3 3 2 3
vi. 2 1 3 3 2 3

A3MEL302 :Materials Laboratory

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER – IV L T P C
ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL
A3EHA702 2 - - 0
KNOWLEDGE
Total Contact Hours – 30

BROAD OBJECTIVE

Make students understand the thought process, reasoning and holistic life style of Yogic
system.

Course Objectives:

To impart basic principles of thought process, reasoning and inference.

Sustainability is at the core of Indian Traditional Knowledge Systems connecting
society and nature.

To impart holistic lifestyle of Yogic-science and wisdom capsules in Sanskrit

literature which is very important in modern society experiencing rapid
technological advancements and societal disruptions.

To focus on introduction to Indian Knowledge System, Indian perspective of

modern scientific world-view and basic principles of Yoga and holistic health care
system.

Course Content

Basic Structure of Indian Knowledge System

i) Ashtadasa vidya
ii) Veda
iii) Upavedha
iv) Ayurvedha
v) Dhanurvedha
vi) Ghaandravedha
vii) Vedang
a. Shiksha,Kalp
b. Nirutha
c. Vyakaran
d. Jyotishya)
viii) Shastra
a. Meemamsha
b. Purana
c. Tarka Shasthra

Modern Science and Indian Knowledge System

Yoga and Holistic Health care
Case Studies.
Suggested Text/Reference Books
1. V. Sivaramakrishna (Ed.), Cultural Heritage of India-Course Material, Bharatiya
Vidya Bhavan, Mumbai, 5th Edition, 2014
2. Swami Jitatmanand, Modern Physics and Vedant, Bharatiya Vidya Bhavan
3. Fritzof Capra, Tao of Physics
4. Fritzof Capra, The wave of Life
5. V N Jha ( Eng. Trans,), Tarkasangraha of Annam Bhatta, Inernational Chinmay
Foundation, Velliarnad, Amaku,am
6. Yoga Sutra of Patanjali, Ramakrishna Mission, Kolkatta
7. GN Jha ( Eng. Trans.) Ed. R N Jha, Yoga-darshanam with Vyasa Bhashya,
Vidyanidhi Prakasham, Delhi, 2016
8. RN Jha, Science of Consciousness Psychotherapy and Yoga Practices, Vidyanidhi
Prakasham, Delhi, 2016
9. P R Sharma ( English translation), Shodashang Hridayam

COURSE OUTCOMES
CO -1: The students will be able to comprehend the concepts of Indian Traditional
Knowledge.
CO-2: The Students will be able to connect themselves with Knowledge from the
modern scientific perspective.
CO-3: The students will be able to connect the past with the present advancements in
Technology.
CO-4: The students will be to come to terms with the holistic health care system.
C0-5: The students will be able to develop critical thinking skills.
C0-6: The students will be able to comprehend the principles enshrined in ancient
Sanskrit
Literature

CO/PO Mapping

Course Title: ESSENCE OF INDIAN TRADITIONAL KNOWLEDGE

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO1 PO1 PSO1 PSO2
1 2
CO1 2
CO2 2
CO3 2
CO4 2
CO5 2
C06 2

Course designed by DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH & HUMANITIES

Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 23.06.2019
Approval
Ratified by: 5th Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019.
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET203 INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT) 2 - 2 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Industry 4.0: Globalization and Emerging Issues, The Fourth Revolution. (4)
LEAN Production Systems, Smart and Connected Business Perspective, Smart Factories. (4)

UNIT II
Introduction to IoT – Definition and characterization of IoT, Physical and Logic Design of IoT, IoT
Enabling Technologies, IoT Levels. (4)
Domain Specific IOTs: Home Automation, Cities, Environment, Energy, Retail, Logistics,
Agriculture, Industry, Health & Life Style. (4)

UNIT III
Design Principles of IoT- Internet Principles – Internet communication, IP Addresses, MAC
Address, TCP and UDP ports, Application Layer Protocols, Cyber securities. (8)
Importance of Sensors in IoT- Example Sensors, Interfacing with Arduino, Programming. (8)

UNIT IV
Industrial IoT- Application Domain-1: Healthcare, Power Plants, Inventory Management & Quality
Control, Plant Safety and Security (Including AR and VR safety applications), Facility Management. (8)

UNIT V
Industrial IoT- Application Domain-2: Oil, Chemical and Pharmaceutical industry, Applications of
UAVs in Industries, Case studies. Self-Referential Structures and Introduction to Lists; Advanced
Topics in Industrial Applications. (8)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Vijay Madisetti and ArshdeepBahga, Internet of Things (A Hands-on-Approach), 1st Edition,
VPT, 2014.
2. Alasdair Gilchrist, Industry 4.0: The Industrial Internet of Things, APRESS, 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Yashavant Kanetkar, Shrirang Korde, 21 IoT Experiments, BPB Publications, 2018.
2. Giacomo Veneri and Antonio Capasso, Hands-On Industrial Internet of Things, Packt
Publishers, 2018.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to
i. Realize the industrial phase shift in the history of the mankind.
ii. Define the sub domains of IoT including the cloud storage models.
iii. Design the sensors required for an IoT based machine.
iv. Design the software protocols of using Phyton.
v. Design the mother board and processor required for an IoT based machine.
vi. Design an entire IoT based system for general purpose.
vii. Design an entire IIoT based system.
 A3MET203: INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT)
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 3 1 1
ii. 3 3 2 2 1 1
iii. 3 3 2 1 1 1
iv. 3 3 2 1 1 1
v. 3 3 1 1 1 1 1
vi. 3 2
vii. 3 2 1 2

A3MET203: INTERNET OF THINGS (IoT)

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET307 THEORY OF MACHINES 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48
SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Mechanisms: Elements or Links – Classification – Rigid Link, flexible and fluid link – Types of
kinematic pairs – sliding, turning, rolling, screw and spherical pairs – lower and higher pairs – closed
and open pairs – constrained motion – completely, partially or successfully constrained and
incompletely constrained ,degree of freedom of plane mechanism-Kinematic chain – inversion-
inversions of quadric cycle chain – single and double slider crank chains.

UNIT II
Velocity Analysis of plane mechanisms:
Kinematics: Velocity– Motion of link in machine – Determination of Velocity diagrams – Graphical
method – Application of relative velocity method for four bar chain, single slider crank mechanism.
Instantaneous center of rotation, centroids and axodes – relative motion between two bodies – Three
centres in line theorem – Graphical determination of instantaneous centre, determination of angular
velocity of points and links of 4 bar and single slider crank mechanisms.

Acceleration Analysis of plane mechanisms: Determination of acceleration diagrams, Analysis of

slider crank chain for displacement, velocity and acceleration of slider – Acceleration diagram for a
given mechanism, Coriolis acceleration, determination of Coriolis component of acceleration.

UNIT III
Higher pairs, friction wheels and toothed gears – types – law of gearing, condition for constant
velocity ratio for transmission of motion, Form of teeth: cycloidal and involute profiles. Velocity of
sliding – phenomena of interferences – expressions for arc of contact and path of contact
Gear Trains: Introduction – Train value – Types – Simple and reverted wheel train – Epicyclic gear
Train. Methods of finding train value or velocity ratio – Epicyclic gear trains.

Clutches: uniform pressure and wear theory, Friction clutches- Single Disc or plate clutch,
Multiple Disc Clutch, Cone Clutch, Centrifugal Clutch.
Brakes: Simple block brake, double block, band brake

UNIT IV
Turning Moment Diagram and Fly Wheels: Turning moment, connecting rod angular velocity and
acceleration, crank effort and torque diagrams – Fluctuation of energy – Fly wheels.
Governors: Watt, Porter and Hartnell governors, Sensitiveness, isochronisms, hunting, effort and
power of the governor.

UNIT V
Balancing: Balancing of rotating masses Single and multiple – single and different planes.
Balancing of Reciprocating Masses: Primary and Secondary balancing of reciprocating masses.
Analytical and graphical methods. Unbalanced forces and couples – primary and secondary balancing
of multi cylinder in line, radial engines.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. [Link], Theory of machines, McGraw Hill companies, 5th edition, 2019.
2. Gordon R. Pennock, [Link] and John J. Uicker, Theory of machines and Mechanisms,
Oxford University Press, 4th edition, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Thamos Beven, Theory of machines, Pearson Education India, 3rd edition, 2009.
2. Amitabha Ghosh and Ashok Kumar Mallik, Theory of Mechanisms and Machines, East West
Publisher, 4th edition, 2008.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course students will be able to
1. Differentiate different types of pairs and their usage in different types of mechanisms in
achieving a desired motion and kinematic analysis of mechanisms.
2. List different types of gears, their terminology and clutches
3. Define importance of turning moment diagrams, flywheels, governors and balancing of
machines
4. Draw inversions of simple mechanisms and velocity & acceleration diagrams of mechanisms
5. Differentiate various mechanical elements like gears, gear trains and clutches.
6. Evaluate the difference between various governors, static and dynamics balancing of rotating
and reciprocating machines
7. Analyze various lower and higher pair mechanisms, clutches, flywheel, governors and
machines

A3MET307 THEORY OF MACHINES

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
ii 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
iii 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
iv 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
v 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
vi 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
vii 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

A3MET307 THEORY OF MACHINES

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET308 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMNTS 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I
Introduction to Machine Design: Introduction to the design process- types of design, Design
procedure, Factor influencing design and manufacturing consideration, Design considerations - limits,
fits, standardization, Preferred numbers, Factor of safety and Selection of FOS, Classification of
Engineering Materials, Selection of Materials for Engineering Purposes.
Torsional, Bending Stresses and combined stresses: Torsional shear stress, Bending Stress in
Straight Beams, Review of failure theories for static loading and combined loading. Eccentric loading:
Direct and Bending load.

UNIT – II
Design for Fatigue Strength: Fatigue strength, types, fatigue and endurance limit, Stress
concentration-theoretical stress concentration factors, Methods of reducing stress concentration,
Notch sensitivity, Fatigue and Endurance limit, factors, S-N Diagram, Gerber, Goodman and
Soderberg criteria for Design.
Springs: Types of springs, function, Material for Helical Springs, Standard Size of Spring Wire,
Terms used in Compression Springs, Stresses and deflections of helical springs, Design of tension
and compression springs, Springs for fatigue loading, Energy storage capacity of spring.

UNIT – III
Keys and Couplings: Rigid and flexible couplings: Function of key, types of keys, design of keys
Definition, classification and selection of couplings, Flange coupling, Bushed pin type flexible
coupling.
Bearings:
Journal Bearings: Classification, types of sliding contact bearings, hydrostatic and hydrodynamic
journal bearings, Wedge Film Journal Bearings, Squeeze Film Journal Bearings, Properties of Sliding
Contact Bearing Materials, Materials used for Sliding Contact Bearings, Design of journal bearing,
Heat dissipation of bearings.

Rolling Contact Bearings: Advantages and Disadvantages of Rolling Contact Bearings Over Sliding
Contact Bearings, Types of Rolling Contact Bearings, Designation of Ball bearings, Basic Static Load
Rating of Rolling Contact Bearings,
Static and Dynamic Equivalent Load for Rolling Contact Bearings:
Static Equivalent Load for Rolling Contact Bearings, Life of a Bearing, Basic Dynamic Load Rating
and Dynamic Equivalent Load for Rolling Contact Bearings, Dynamic Load Rating for Rolling
Contact Bearings under Variable Loads, Reliability of a Bearing, Materials and Manufacture of Ball
and Roller Bearings, Lubrication of Ball and Roller Bearings, analysis and design of rolling contact
bearings.
UNIT – IV
Design of Power Transmissions Elements: Transmission of power by flat belt drives, length of
open and cross belts, Centrifugal Tension, Maximum Tension in the Belt, Condition for Transmission
of Maximum Power, initial tension, Transmission of power by V belt drives. Design of Knuckle joint.
 Transmission of Power by Spur Gears:
Spur Gears: Definitions, stresses in gear tooth, causes of gear tooth failure, Lewis equation and
form factor, Design for strength, Dynamic load and wear load, Design Procedure for Spur Gears.

UNIT V
Design of Screw Joints: Threaded fasteners, Stresses due to static loading, Bolts of Uniform
Strength, stresses due to external loads, Stress due to Combined Forces, Design of joints under
eccentric loading
Welded Joints: Types-Strength of butt welds, Types-Strength of fillet welds, eccentrically loaded
welded joints.
Riveted Joints: Types, Strength of lap joints, Strength of butt joints, eccentrically loaded riveted
joints.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. V B Bhandari, Design of Machine Elements, 4th edition, 2016,McGraw Hill Education (India) Pvt
Ltd.
2. Dr.N. C. Pandya, Dr.C. S. Shah, Machine Design 20th Edition, 2015, Charotar Publishing House
Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Shigley, J.E. and Mischke, C.R., Mechanical Engineering Design, 10th Edition, 2015,
McGraw-Hill International.
2. [Link], Mechanical Design – An Integrated Approach, 4th edition, 2011, Prentice Hall
Pearson.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of this course student should be able to:
i. Determine the stresses in the members subjected to static and fatigue loads
ii. Find the stresses in the keys, couplings and bearings
iii. List different types of power transmission elements and different types of joints
iv. Design the members subjected to static and fatigue loads
v. Design the members like keys, couplings and bearings for different applications
vi. Design and select power transmission elements and types of joints for different applications
vii. Analyze various mechanical members subjected to both static and fatigue loads

A3MET308 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMNTS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1
ii 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1
iii 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1
iv 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1
v 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1
vi 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 1
vii 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 1 2 1
 A3MET308 DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET309 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES 3 0 0 3
Total number of contact hours: 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
I.C. ENGINES: Classification - Details of Main parts of Engine-nomenclature-Working principles of
2 Stroke & 4 Stroke SI and CI Engines, ideal cycles- Otto, Diesel, Dual, Brayton, Ericson Atkinson
cycles, Valve timing and Port Timing Diagrams IC engine applications.

UNIT II
Fuel-Air and Actual Cycles: Details of Fuel-Air Cycles, Time Loss Factor, Heat Loss Factor, and
Exhaust Blow down, Loss due to Gas exchange process, Volumetric Efficiency. Loss due to Rubbing
Friction Comparison of Air Standard, Fuel –Air and Actual Cycles

UNIT III
Combustion in S.I. Engines: Stages of combustion – Importance of flame speed and effect of engine
variables- Effect of spark timing on indicator diagram- Flame front propagation –Abnormal
combustion–anti-knock additives- Methods to control knock– combustion chamber – requirements,
types.

Combustion in C.I. Engines: Four stages of combustion – Delay period and its importance – Effect
of engine variables – Diesel Knock– Methods to control knock- Need for air movement, Swirl, squish
and turbulence – open and divided combustion chambers– fuel requirements and fuel rating of SI and
CI engine fuels.

UNIT IV
Fuel supply systems in SI and CI engines: carburetors, Port fuel injection, Direct injection and
Common rail injection. Ignition system, Lubrication system and Cooling system, advanced IC Engine
concepts (Super charger, Turbocharger and Electronic fuel injection).

UNIT V
Testing and Performance: Parameters of performance - Brake power – Determination of frictional
power –Measurement of Indicated power- Measurement of air and fuel- Performance test –Methods to
improve engine performance-Heat balance sheet- Characteristics curves.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ganesan, V. Internal Combustion Engines, 4th edition, 2015, McGraw Hill Education
(India) Pvt Ltd.
2. Heywood J. B, "Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals", Indian edition, McGraw
Hill Book Co. NY.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Gilles, Tim. Automotive service: inspection, maintenance, repair, 4th edition,2012,
Cengage Learning.
2. Ferguson, Colin R., and Allan T. Kirkpatrick. Internal combustion engines: applied
thermoscience, 3rd edition, 2015, John Wiley & Sons.
3. Gupta, Hari N., Fundamentals of internal combustion engines, 2nd edition, 2012, PHI
Learning Pvt. Ltd.
 COURSE OUTCOMES:
Student will be able to
i. Describe the operating principles of SI and CI engine
ii. Enumerate the differences between air fuel cycle and actual cycle
iii. Explain about normal combustion and abnormal combustion of IC engine
iv. Relate the effect of combustion on engine variables.
v. Select the suitable fuel supply system for both SI and CI engines
vi. Evaluate the performance characteristics and measurement of the engine
vii. Experiment to determine the performance of internal combustion engine.

Mapping of Cos and POs

A3MET309 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES
Course
designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
15. 3 1 1 1 1 1
16. 3 1
17. 3 2 3 2
18. 2 1 2 1
19. 3 1 2
20. 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 1
21. 3 1 1 1 2 1 1

A3MET309 INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINES

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-V L T P C
A3MET310 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I
Principles of Metal Cutting: Theory of metal cutting, Chip formation, Piispanen card
model, Orthogonal and Oblique cutting, Tool designations, ASA/ORS, Conversion between
systems, Types of chips, Chip control, Cutting tool materials.

UNIT-II
Metal Cutting Analysis and Machine Tools: Merchant circle analysis, Dynamometry, Wear
and tool life, Cutting temperature, Cutting fluids, Machinability, Types of machine tools,
Machine tool specification, Operation principles, Machine tool alignment.

UNIT-III
Kinematic scheme of machines: Speed and Feed Drive in Lathe, Speed and Feed Drive in
Shaping/Planing Machine, Speed and Feed Drive in Drilling Machine, Speed and Feed Drive
in Milling Machine, Other Speed and Feed Drive Configurations (Slotter, Grinding Machines
etc.)

Cutting Tools: Single Point Tools, Two-point Tools, Multi-point Tools, Grinding Wheels
(Materials and Manufacturing Methods).

Tool Holding Systems: Tool Post, Arbors, Collets, Chucks and Accessories.

Work Holding Systems: Concept of Jigs and Fixtures, Principles of Location, Locating and
Clamping Methods, Work Holding Accessories on Turning, Milling, Drilling and Grinding
Machines, Work Indexing Systems

Machining Operations: Turning (taper turning, thread cutting etc.), Hole-making (drilling,
boring, reaming, tapping, slotting), Milling, Grinding and finishing operations.

UNIT-IV
Mechanical and thermal energy based material removal processes:
Need and classification of unconventional machining processes, Abrasive Jet Machining,
Water Jet Machining, Abrasive Water Jet Machining, Ultrasonic Machining, principles and
process parameters, MRR, Kerf, Tool Wear, principles and process parameters of Laser
Beam Machining (LBM), and Electron Beam Machining, Analysis of LBM and EBM.

UNIT-V
Chemical and Electrical Energy based Material Removal Processes:
Electro-chemical machining (ECM), Electro chemical grinding, Electro chemical honing,
Chemical machining, maskants, etchants, Electrical Discharge Machining, principle and
processes parameters, Types of EDM, MRR, surface finish, tool wear, dielectric, power and
control circuits, wire EDM; Process parameters, MRR and surface finish, principle and
processes parameters of Plasma Arc Machining (PAM), Types of PAM.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Boothroyd.G , Fundamentals of Metals Machining and Machine Tools , CRC Press
2. Kalpakjian and Schmid, Manufacturing processes for engineering materials (5th
Edition)-Pearson India, 2014.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. [Link],[Link],Fundamentals of Metal cutting and Machine tools, Wiley
Publishers,1987.
2. [Link], Advanced Machining Process, 12/e, Allied Publications, 2010
3. Roy, Choudhury,Hajra, , "Elements of Workshop Technology", Vol. II., Media
Promoters

COURSE OUTCOMES
A student can
1. Identify different types of cutting tools and various angles associated with
them. Inter conversion between different systems can also be solved.
2. Prepare process sheet for a given component to be manufactured based on
capability of machine tools.
3. Understand different types of drives and mechanism to facilitate relative
movements in machine tools.
4. Understand the importance of unconventional machining and their selection
for a given component manufacturing.
5. Understand the working of various unconventional machining processes
6. Design and select suitable accessories for complicated work pieces.
7. Identify suitable manufacturing technique to produce a product

A3MET310 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PS02
mapping 1
i. 3 3 1 1 1
ii. 3 2 1 1 1
iii. 3 3 2 1 1
iv. 3 3 2 1 1
v. 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 1
vi.
vii.
 A3MET310 MANUFACTURING TECHNOLOGY
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET401 ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I Concept of Stress and Strain
Theories of stress and strain: Definition of stress at a point, stress notation, stress array, normal
and shear stress on an oblique plane, principal Stresses. Strain theory, principal strains, strain of a
volume element, small displacement theory
Stress-strain temperature relations: Elastic and non Elastic response of solids, 1st law of
Thermodynamics, Hooke‘s Law: Anisotropic elasticity, Hooke‘s Law: Isotropic elasticity.
UNIT II Failure criteria and Deflection of beams
Failure criteria: Modes of Failure, Failure criteria, Excessive deflections, Yield initiation,
fracture, Progressive fracture.
Deflection of beams: Castigliano‘s theorem on deflections, Castigliano‘s theorem on deflections
for linear load deflection relations, Strain energy for axial loading, Strain energy due to bending,
Strain energy due to shear, Strain energy due to torsion. Deflections of statically determinate
structures and indeterminate structures
UNIT III Bending of straight beams and Curved beam theory
Bending of straight beams: Review of Symmetric bending, Non symmetric bending, Bending
stresses in beams subjected to Non symmetrical bending: Equations of equilibrium, geometry of
deformation, stress strain relations, Neutral axis, Deflection of straight beams due to Non
symmetrical bending.
Curved beam theory: Winkler Bach formula for circumferential stress, limitations, Radial
stresses in curved beams, Stresses in crane hook and closed rings
UNIT IV Contact stresses
Introduction to Contact stresses: Introduction, problem of determining contact stresses,
Assumptions on which a solution for contact stresses is based. Expressions for principal stresses,
Method of computing contact stresses. Deflection of bodies in point contact
Contact stresses for Bodies under line contact: Stresses for two bodies in line contact: Loads
normal to contact area. Stresses for two bodies in line contact: normal and tangent to contact area
UNIT V Torsion
Introduction to Torsion: Torsion of prismatic bar of circular cross section. Linear elastic
solution: elliptical cross section, equilateral triangle cross section. Prandtl elastic membrane
(Soap-Film) Analogy
Torsion of Non Circular Cross Sections: Narrow rectangular cross Section, Cross sections made
up of long narrow rectangles, rectangular cross section, Hollow thin wall torsion members.
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. Arthur P. Boresi, Advanced mechanics of materials,Wiley International, 2003.
2. B.C Punmia, Strength of materials & Theory of structures(Vol I & II), Firewall Media, 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Den Hortog J.P, Advanced strength of materials, Dover publications, 2014.
2. Stephen [Link], Theory of plates and shells, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
3. L.S Srinath, Advanced Mechanics of Solids, McGraw-Hill, 2008.

COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course the student will be able to
1. Formulate mathematical relations for stresses and strains of members under various loading
conditions
2. Understand the modes of failure.
3. Find bending stresses and deflections of beams subjected to unsymmetrical bending
4. Design curved beams
5. Determine contact stresses for members under point and line contact
6. Determine the stresses in non circular shafts subjected to torsion
7. Apply the concepts of advanced strength of materials for designing the mechanical components

A3MET401 ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

PSO1

PSO2
PO10

PO11

PO12
CO / PO/ PSO
PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

mapping
xv 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2
xvi 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 1
xvii 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
xviii 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
xix 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 2
xx 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
xxi 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 2 2 2

A3MET401 ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET402 SURFACE ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 hours )

UNIT I
Introduction to Corrosion and Tribology: Introduction to Corrosion: cost of corrosion,
different forms of Corrosion: Galvanic, Intergranular, Crevice, Pitting. (5)
Types of corrosion: Erosion Corrosion, Stress corrosion cracking. Definition of Tribology, types
of wear. (4)

UNIT II
Need for Surface Engineering: Importance and need of Surface Engineering, Classification of
surface engineering processes, substrate and pretreatments. Overlay coatings: Thermal
Sprayed coatings, Plasma spraying, Flame spraying (5)
High Velocity Oxy Fuel coatings: Basic mechanism of coating formation in each, Advantages
and Disadvantages of each process and applications. Detonation gun spray, Plasma spray
process. (4)

UNIT III
Electrochemical coatings: Electroplating (Cu), Electroplating (Ni), Electroplating (Cr),
Electroplating (Zn) (4)
Other Plating methods: Electro-less nickel plating and anodizing, Precious metal coatings,
Functional and decorative coatings: Functional and decorative electroplated coatings with Tin
and Tin Alloys; Coating on plastics. (5)
Diffusion coatings: Introduction: Difference between diffusion coatings and overlay coatings;
Coating medium-Coating forming elements, Basic mechanism of coating formation,
Advantages and disadvantages Process fundamentals, advantages, limitations and
applications of the following technologies: Carburizing – Overview of pack, liquid, and gas
carburizing; (5)
Nitriding – Overview of gas and liquid nitriding; Carbonitriding and Nitrocarburising;
Boronizing, Aluminized coatings, Chromized and Siliconized coatings (4)

UNIT IV
Thin film coating technology: Chemical vapour deposition (CVD); Physical vapour deposition
(PVD); Electron beam evaporation; (5)
Other coating Techniques: Magnetron sputtering; Diamond like carbon coating technology;
Thermal Barrier coatings (4)

UNIT V
Plasma processes: Plasma carburizing and Plasma nitriding; Plasma immersed ion implantation;
Plasma enhanced physical vapour deposition. (5)
Other plasma Techniques: Plasma enhanced chemical vapour deposition, Note on different
vacuum pumps. (4)
COURSE OUTCOMES
By the end of the course, the students should be able to:

i. Demonstrate knowledge of why the surface treatment affects the bulk properties of the material.
ii. Demonstrate a sound knowledge for the systematic application of alternative technologies used to
fabricate coating systems.
iii. Analyze complex service failure problems and determine the correct surface engineering solution.
iv. Select the most suitable surface engineering techniques that would give the required properties.
v. Demonstrate knowledge of plasma assisted surface treatments.
vi. Understand the importance thin film coatings rather than claddings.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fontana ―Corrosion Engineering‖, TMH Publishers.
2. K. G. Budinski, ―Surface Engineering for Wear Resistance‖, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 1998.
3. B. Bhushan, Introduction to Tribology, John &Sons, New York, 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. J.R. Davis ―Surface engineering for corrosion and wear resistance‖. ASM
International®, Materials Park,
2. R.F. Bunshah, Deposition Technologies for Films and Coatings, Noyes Publications, New
Jersey, 1982.
3. Surface Engineering, Process Fundamentals and Applications, Vol I &Vol II, Lecture Notes of
SERC School on Surface Engineering, 2003
A3MET402 SURFACE ENGINEERING
Department of Mechanical Engineering
CO / PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
mapping
i 3 2 2 1
ii 3 2 2 1 1
iii 3 2 2 1 1
iv 3 2 2 1
v 3 2 2 2 2 1
vi 3 2 2 1 1

A3MET402 SURFACE ENGINEERING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET403 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

UNIT I

Introduction : Types of automobiles, vehicle construction and layouts, chassis, frame and
body, IC engines- components, function and materials, Turbo charging- WGT, VGT and
supercharging variable valve timing (VVT). Crankcase ventilation, Engine service, reboring,
Decarburization, Nitriding of crankshaft.

Performance of automobiles- Taxable Power, Power and Torque Curves, Resistances to a Moving
vehicle, Rolling Resistance, Wind or Air Resistance, Gradient Resistance, Total Resistance, Power
required to propel a vehicle (10)

UNIT II

Electrical systems: Charging circuit, generator, Current – voltage regulator – starting system,
Bendix drive mechanism, solenoid switch, Lighting systems- Headlights, Flashers, Horn, wiper, Fuel
gauge – oil pressure gauge, Engine temperature indicator (7)

UNIT III

Transmission systems: clutch types & construction, manual transmission gear shift mechanisms
and automatic transmission- Conventional, Automated Manual and Dual-Clutch Transmission,
Continuously Variable Transmission, Infinitely Variable Transmissions, Gear ratio calculation based
on vehicle gradeability & top speed, Overdrive, transfer box, flywheel, torque converter,
propeller shaft, slip joints, universal joints, differential and rear axle, Hotchkiss drive and Torque
tube drive. (11)

Steering, suspension and braking System: Steering geometry and types of steering gear box, power
steering- Hydraulic, Electro-hydraulic, Electrical, types of front axle, types of suspension systems,
pneumatic and hydraulic braking systems, Antilock Braking System (ABS), Electronic Brake force
Distribution (EBD) and traction control. Basic braking Calculation (6)

UNIT IV
Alternative energy sources: Ethanol Engine, Compressed Natural Gas and Natural Gas Engine,
Hydrogen engine, LPG engine, engine emission control by 3-way catalytic converter system,
Emission norms (Euro & BS). (4)

Safety systems:
Seat belt, air bags, windshield, (2)

UNIT V
Electric vehicles: Introduction, Limitations of IC Engines as prime mover, Types of electric
vehicles, components, Electric vehicle drivetrain-advantages and limitations, permanent magnet and
switched reluctance motors , Electric Vehicle Power Source - Battery Capacity, State Of Charge And
Discharge, Specific Energy, Specific Power, Ragone Plot, Battery Management System- SOC
Measurement, Battery Cell Balancing, Traction Batteries - Nickel Metal Hydride Battery, Li-Ion, Li-
Polymer Battery. Regenerative Braking (5)

Hybrid vehicles: Architectures of Hybrid Electric Drivetrains-Series, parallel, series–parallel

complex, advantages and limitations (2)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Singh, Kirpal. Automobile Engineering. Vol. 1. and Vol. 2. Standard Publishers Distributors,
2000
2. Gilles, Tim. Automotive service: inspection, maintenance, repair. Cengage Learning, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bhise, Vivek D. Ergonomics in the automotive design process. CRC Press, 2016.
2. Xin, Qianfan. Diesel engine system design. Elsevier, 2016
3. Gupta, S. K. A Textbook of Automobile Engineering. S. Chand Publishing, 2014.
4. Ehsani, M., Gao, Y., Longo, S. and Ebrahimi, K., Modern electric, hybrid electric, and fuel cell
vehicles. CRC press, 2018.
5. Babu, MK Gajendra, and K. A. Subramanian. Alternative transportation fuels: utilisation in
combustion engines. CRC Press, 2017.
6. Ramadhas, Arumugam S. Alternative fuels for transportation. Taylor & Francis, 2010.
7. Erjavec, Jack. Hybrid, electric, and fuel-cell vehicles. Cengage Learning, 2012.
8. Larminie, James, and John Lowry. Electric vehicle technology explained. John Wiley & Sons,
2012.
9. Denton, Tom. Electric and hybrid vehicles. Routledge, 2020.
10. Rajput, R. K. A text book of automobile engineering. Laxmi Publications (P) Ltd, 2019.
11. Leitman, Seth, and Bob Brant. Build your own electric vehicle. McGraw-Hill, Inc., 2008

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Student will be able to
i. Identify automobile components and select the automobiles for different applications
ii. Select the appropriate fuel supply, cooling systems and different electrical systems for a
particular field of automobile
iii. Gear ratio calculation based on vehicle gradeability & top speed
iv. Identify the suitable suspension systems and design basic braking systems for different
automobiles
v. Explain the significance of alternative energy sources
vi. Understand the electric and hybrid vehicles in the transportation sector
vii. Apply the acquired knowledge to select, design and evaluate the automotive vehicles for a
particular application
 A3MET403 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING
Course
designed Department of Mechanical Engineering
by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 2
ii. 3 2 1
iii. 3 2 2 2 2 1
iv. 3 2 2 2 2 1
v. 3 2 3 2 1
vi. 3 2 3 2 1
vii. 3 2 3 2 1

A3MET403 AUTOMOBILE ENGINEERING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MET404 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours)

COURSE DESCRIPTION: This course is designed for students of different fields to facilitate in
learning the basics of planning, designing and conducting the experiments in order to analyze and
interpret the data required. It also provides the techniques and modern tools necessary for engineering
practice.

PREREQUISITES OF THE COURSE: Probability and statistics, Calculus

SYLLABUS:
UNIT-I: Experimental Design Fundamentals
Importance of experiments, Experimental strategies, Basic principles of design and terminology, Steps
in experimentation, Guidelines for Designing Experiments, levels, treatment and interactions of
design, applications.
UNIT-II: One-factor Experimental Designs
Randomization, completely randomized design, block design (randomized), Latin square design,
statistical analysis, and estimation of model parameters. Model adequacy checking, pairwise
comparison tests, Numerical examples.
UNIT-III: Multiple factorial designs
Factor effects and interactions, two and three factor full factorial experiments, 2 k factorial
Experiments, confounding and blocking designs, saturated designs, central composite designs,
Numerical examples.
Special case designs
Fractional factorial designs, nested designs, split plot designs, Response surface methodology,
experiment with random factors, rules for expected mean squares, F-tests
UNIT-IV: Analysis and interpretation methods
Design analysis, Measures of variability, methods- column effect, ranking and plotting, ANOVA-
factorial experiments and YATE‘s algorithm, Regression analysis - Linear and logistic, correlation,
Numerical examples
UNIT-V: Taguchi experimental design
Steps in experimentation, orthogonal arrays- design, types and selection, robust design control and
noise factors, S/N ratios – Numerical problems, parameter and tolerance design, Taguchi inner and
outer arrays, and case studies.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Douglas C. Montgomery, Design and Analysis of Experiments, Tenth Edition, John
Wiley and sons.
2. Angela M Dean, Daniel Voss, Design and Analysis of Experiments, Springer;
Corrected Edition
3. Klaus Hinkelmann, Oscar Kempthorne, Design and Analysis of Experiments: Advanced
Experimental Design, Wiley-Interscience
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Krishnaiah K, and Shahabudeen P, Applied Design of Experiments and Taguchi
Methods, PHI, India, 2011.
2. Phillip J. Ross, Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering, Tata McGraw-Hill, India
3. Aloke Dey, Theory of Block Designs, John Wiley
 COURSE OUTCOMES:

Student will be able to

i. Describe the purpose of robust construction and how it is applied in experimental
design
ii. Examine how a factorial design allows cost reduction, increases efficiency of
experimentation, and reveals the essential nature of a process.
iii. Investigate the logic of hypothesis testing, including analysis of variance and the
detailed analysis of experimental data.
iv. Evaluate model suitability for different engineering problems and different situations
v. Analyze experimental data with suitable software to obtain objective conclusions
vi. Apply experimental techniques to practical problems to improve quality of processes /
products by optimizing the process / product parameters
vii. Formulate understanding of the subject using real examples, including
experimentation in the social and economic sciences

Mapping of Cos and POs

A3MET404: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by

PSO1

PSO2
PO10

PO11

PO12
CO / PO/ PSO
PO1

PO2
PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

mapping
i. 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
ii. 3 3 2 3 3 3
iii. 3 3 3 3 3 3
iv. 3 3 2 3 3
v. 3 3 3 3 3 3
vi 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
vii 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

A3MET404: DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF EXPERIMENTS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER – V L T P C
HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT & 3 - - 3
A3MST501 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
Prerequisites: Open mind, Analytical ability

SYLLABUS

Unit - I: HRM, Selection, Training & Development

Human Resource Management, Selection: Nature & scope of Human Resource
Management; Objectives & Functions of Human Resource Management; Selection;
Orientation;
Training & Development: Training & Development – Objectives & Importance; Types of
Employee Training; Performance Appraisal; Incentives;

Unit – II: Personality and Perception & Motivation

Personality: Personality Definition & Determinants; Key personality traits relevant to work
behavior; Personality Types; Contrasting Personality traits, Tolerance to ambiguity & role of
personality;
Perception & Motivation: Factors affecting perception; Perception & its application in
organization; Introduction to Motivation & Maslow‘s Hierarchy of Needs; Herzberg two
factor theory of Motivation, ERG Theory;

Unit – III: Communication, Groups, Leadership & Conflict Communication:

Elements of Communication; Types of Communication; Functions & Barriers of
Communication; Techniques for overcoming barriers of Communication;
Groups: Types of Groups, Reasons for joining Groups; Stages of Group Development;
Group Cohesion; Group decision making, types of teams & team building;
Leadership: Styles of Leadership, Theory of Leadership; Leadership style assessment;
Theory of Leader effectiveness, model of situation leadership; Inspirational approaches to
Leadership;
Conflict: Types of conflict; Conflict process; Conflict Management Techniques;
Transactional Analysis;

Unit – IV: Organizational Behavior and Learning Organizational Behavior:

Key elements and basic approaches of Organizational Behavior; Organizational Behavior
Concepts needed by Managers; Models of Organizational Behavior - Autocratic and
Custodial; Models of Organizational Behavior - Supportive, Collegial, System;
Learning: Learning Process & Factors affecting Learning; Classic Conditioning Theory &
Applications; Operant Conditioning & Applications; Cognitive Learning & Social Learning
Theories;

Unit – V: Organizational Culture, Change Management & International Organizational

Behavior
Organizational Culture: Features of Organizational Culture; Organizational change;
Individual resistance to change; Organizational resistance to change;
Change Management & International Organizational Behavior: Overcoming resistance
to change; Lewin‘s model of change; Individual behavior in international organization;
Group behavior in international organization;
Text Books:
1. Gary Dessler.0,‖ FUNDAMENTALS OF HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT‖,
Pearson, Noida, India,2017
2. Jerald Greenberg and Robert A Baron: ―Behavior in Organizations‖, PHI Learning
Private Limited, New Delhi, 2009
Course Outcomes:
1. KO#1: have the ability to outline and describe Human Resource Management &
Selection, Training & Development, Personality, and Perception & Motivation;
2. KO#2: have the ability to outline and describe Communication, Groups, Leadership,
and Conflict;
3. KO#3: have the ability to outline and describe Organizational Behavior, Learning,
Organizational culture, and International organizational behavior;
4. UO#1: have the ability to draw inferences on Human Resource Management &
Selection, Training & Development, Personality, and Perception & Motivation;
5. UO#2: have the ability to draw inferences on Communication, Groups, Leadership,
and Conflict;
6. UO#3: have the ability to draw inferences on Organizational Behavior, Learning,
Organizational culture, and International organizational behavior;
7. AO#1: have the ability to apply and bring to bear the full complement of concepts
and practices of Human Resource Management and Organizational Behavior to better
appreciate organizational cultures and optimize individual productivity.

Course Department of MBA

Designed by
Approval Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 11.08.2020
Ratified by: Meeting of academic council held on 11.07.2020
 SEMESTER –V L T P C
A3MEL303 Thermal Engineering lab 0 0 3 2
Total number of hours (48 hours )

1. Measurement of Coefficient of Discharge of given Orifice and Venturi meters.

2. Determination of a major and minor loses in a pipe
3. Determination of the performance characteristics of a centrifugal pump.
4. Determination of the performance characteristics of Pelton Wheel.
5. Determination of the performance characteristics of a Francis Turbine.
6. Determination of the density & viscosity and calorific value of an oil
7. Determination of the performance of a 4-stroke petrol engine.
8. Draw Heat Balance sheet of four stroke Diesel Engine
9. Determination of the performance characteristics of a vapor compression refrigeration system
10. Determination of the thermal conductivity and specific heat of given objects.
11. Determination of the convective heat transfer coefficient for flow over a heated cylinder and
flow through a pipe.
12. Determination of the emissivity of a given sample

COURSE OUT COMES:

Student will be able to

1. Understand the working principles of different hydraulic machines.
2. Measure the coefficient of discharge of flow meters.
3. Analyze the performance characteristics of Pump, Turbines and IC engines.
4. Conduct the experiment and determine heat transfer coefficient for flow over a heated
cylinder and flow through a pipe.
5. Estimate the thermal conductivity and emissivity of the given sample.

A3MEL303: Thermal Engineering lab

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
1. 2 1 3 1 3 2 3
2. 2 1 3 1 3 2 3
3. 2 1 3 2 3 2 3
4. 2 1 3 2 3 2 3
5. 2 1 3 1 3 2 3

A3MEL303: Thermal Engineering lab

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019

***
 SEMESTER – VI L T P C
A3MST003 OPERATIONS RESEARCH 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I

Introduction to Operations Research (OR): OR definition – Characteristics and Models,

Phases, Methods of solving OR Models, limitations and applications of OR models

Linear Programming (LP): Problem Formulation, Graphical Method, Simplex Method,

Artificial Variable Techniques-Big-M Method, Two–Phase Simplex Method, Special Cases
of LP- Degeneracy, Infeasibility and Duality Principle.

UNIT II

Transportation and Assignment Problems: Transportation Problem – Formulation;

Different Methods of Obtaining Initial Basic Feasible Solution –North West Corner Rule,
Matrix minimal method, Least Cost Method, Vogel's Approximation Method; Optimality
Method – Modified Distribution (MODI) Method; Special Cases – Unbalanced
Transportation Problem, Degenerate Problem. Assignment Problem – Formulation,
Hungarian Method for Solving Assignment Problems, Unbalanced assignment problem,
Maximization problem, restrictions on Assignment Travelling Salesman problem.

UNIT III

Game theory: Optimal solution of two person zero sum games, the max min and min max
principle. Games without saddle points– 2 X 2 games, mixed strategies. Reduction by
principles of dominance, arithmetic, algebraic method, m X 2 &amp; 2 X n games -graphical
method.

Sequencing: Introduction to Job shop Scheduling and flow shop scheduling, Solution of
Sequencing Problem, Processing of n Jobs through two machines, Processing of n Jobs
through three machines, Processing two jobs through m m/c's, Processing of n Jobs through
m machines, graphical method.

Queuing Theory: Introduction – Terminology, Arrival Pattern, Service Channel, Population,

Departure Pattern, Queue Discipline, Birth & Death Process, Single Channel Models with
Poisson Arrivals, Exponential Service Times with finite queue length and non-finite queue
length; Multichannel Models with Poisson Arrivals, Exponential Service Times with finite
queue length and non finite queue length.

UNIT IV

INVENTORY: Introduction – Single item – Deterministic models – Purchase inventory

models with one price break and multiple price breaks – shortages are not allowed –
Stochastic models – demand may be discrete variable or continuous variable – Instantaneous
production. Instantaneous demand and continuous demand and no set up cost. ABC and VED
analysis.

UNIT V

Replacement and Maintenance Analysis: Introduction – Types of Maintenance, Make or

buy decision. Replacement of items that deteriorate with time – when money value is not
counted and counted – Replacement of items that fail completely, group replacement.

Dynamic Programming (DP): Introduction –Bellman‘s Principle of Optimality –

Applications of Dynamic Programming – Capital Budgeting Problem – Shortest Path Problem
– Solution of Linear Programming Problem by DP.

Text books:

1. Sharma S.D., Operations Research: Theory, Methods and Applications, 15th Edition,
Kedar Nath Ram Nath, 2010
2. Taha H.A., Operations Research, 9th Edition, Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi, 2010.

Reference books:

1. Hiller F.S., and Liberman G.J., Introduction to Operations Research, 7th Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2010.
2. Sharma J.K., Operations Research: Theory and Applications, 4th Edition, Laxmi
Publications, 2009.

COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. Understand different OR models, linear programming techniques and application of
those techniques for business and industrial problems.
ii. Understand the mathematical tools that are needed to solve optimization problems.
iii. Understand different allocation methods like Transportation and Assignment models.
Apply those techniques to real life problems.
iv. Understand the techniques like game theory, sequencing and queuing theory and apply
those techniques to solve the real time problems.
v. Understand different inventory models like uniform demand, non-uniform demand with
finite and infinite production rates and to apply for real life problems.
vi. Understand different replacement techniques and dynamic programming techniques and
apply those techniques for the replacement of items and to solve any complex problem in
the simplest way in the industry.
vii. Understand how to model and solve problems using dynamic programming.
 A3MST003 OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
ii 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
iii 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
iv 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
v 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
vi 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
vii 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

A3MST003 OPERATIONS RESEARCH

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER – VI L T P C
COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND
A3MET311 3 - - 3
ANALYSIS
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Computer Graphics
CAD process, Product life cycle, 2D Geometric Transformations: Translation, Scaling,
Rotation and Reflection
3D Geometric Transformations: Translation, Scaling, Rotation and Reflection.
Homogeneous system, Concatenated transformations

UNIT 2
Mathematical Representation of Curves
Analytic curves: introduction, Types of mathematical representation of curves, Parametric
representation of Analytic Curves: Lines, Circle, Conic sections: Ellipse, Parabola and
Hyperbola.
Synthetic curves: Hermite cubic Spline, Bezier Curve, B-Spline, Non Uniform Rational B-
Spline (NURBS), Various manipulations of curves

UNIT 3
Mathematical representation of Surfaces
Analytical surfaces: introduction to surface modeling, Parametric representation of
Analytical surfaces: plane surface, rule surface ,Surface of revolution, Tabulated Cylinder
Synthetic surfaces: Parametric representation of synthetic surfaces: Hermite Bi-cubic
surface, Bezier surface, B- Spline surface, COONs surface, their characteristics

Mathematical Representation of Solids: Introduction to solid modeling, Solid entities, solid

Representation, Set theory, Euler theory, Boundary Representation (B-Rep)
Various Boolean Operators, Constructive Solid Geometry (CSG), Sweeping, Solid
manipulations, Solid Modeling based applications

UNIT 4
CAD/CAM Data Exchange: Introduction to CAD/CAM Data Exchange, Direct and indirect
translators in cad/cam system, Neutral file format, STEP (standard for the exchange of
product data)

IGES (initial graphics exchange specification), DXF (drawing exchange format), Concept of
clipping: considerations, Algorithms for clipping: cohen-sutherland clipping method and
Sutherland- Hodgeman algorithm for polygons.
UNIT 5
Introduction to Finite Element Method for solving field problems, Stress and Equilibrium.
Strain Displacement relations. Stress–strain relations in three dimensional [Link]
stress and Plane strain Problems.

One Dimensional problems: Finite element modeling coordinates and shape functions.
Potential Energy approach: Assembly of Global stiffness matrix and load vector. Finite
element equations, Treatment of boundary conditions, Quadratic shape functions.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Ibrhim Zeid, CAD/CAM Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill international 2016.
2. J. E. Akin, Finite Elements for Analysis and Design, Academic Press 2005.
3. David F Rogers & James allan Adams, Mathematical Elements for Computer
Graphics, McGraw Hill international 1990

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Chris Mc Mohan, CAD CAM: Principles, Practice and Manufacturing Management,
Prentice –Hall 1999.
2. Chandraputla, Ashok and Belegundu, Introduction to Finite Elements in Engineering,
Prentice –Hall 2011
3. M. Groover & E. Zimmer, CAD/CAM, Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing,
Pearson publication 2003

COURSE OUTCOMES
After the successful completion of the course, student will be able to
i. Describe manipulation of curves
ii. Design complex models involve various curves
iii. Use mathematical representation techniques behind the generation of 2-D Curves and
surface entities and transformations imposed over models in CAD tools
iv. Select proper representation techniques behind the generation of 3D solids in CAD
tools
v. Perform CAD process via neutral file formats and understand concept of FEM
vi. Suggest analytics involved for analyzing field problems as a part of CAD process
vii. Design and analysis of various modeling techniques.
 A3MET311 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND ANALYSIS
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 3 1 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 2 3
ii 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 3 3
iii 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
iv 2 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 3
v 1 2 2 2 1 1 1
vi 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3
vii 2 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 3

A3MET311 COMPUTER AIDED DESIGN AND ANALYSIS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER – VI L T P C
A3MET312 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

UNIT I
Vapor power Cycles: Rankine cycle - schematic layout, thermodynamic analysis, concept of
mean temperature of heat addition, methods to improve cycle performance – regeneration &
reheating, Classification of boilers, mountings and accessories, boiler performance and types
of draught. (9)

UNIT II
Steam Nozzles: Function of a nozzle, types, applications, velocity of fluid at nozzle exit,
discharge through nozzle, Ideal and actual expansion in a nozzle, velocity coefficient,
condition for maximum discharge, critical velocity, critical pressure ratio, Super saturated
flow, its effects, degree of supersaturation and degree of undercooling - Wilson line. General
relationship between area, velocity and pressure in nozzle flow (8)

UNIT III
Steam Turbines: Classification, Impulse turbine- mechanical details – velocity diagram –
effect of friction – power developed, axial thrust, blade or diagram efficiency – condition for
maximum efficiency. Compounding methods, velocity and pressure variation along the flow
– combined velocity diagram for a velocity compounded impulse turbine, condition for
maximum efficiency (6)

Reaction turbines and steam condensers– principle of operation, degree of reaction,

velocity diagram – Parson‘s reaction turbine – condition for maximum efficiency –
calculation of blade height. organs of a steam condensing plant, Steam condensers
classification and working, vacuum efficiency and condenser efficiency, Air leakage, sources
and its effects, Air pump & problems, cooling water requirement
(6)

UNIT IV
Reciprocating Compressors: Reciprocating compressors, staging of reciprocating
compressors, optimal stage pressure ratio, effect of intercooling, minimum work for
multistage reciprocating compressors. Introduction to centrifugal and axial compressors and
their performance. (6)

Gas Turbines: Brayton cycle and thermodynamic analysis, gas turbine-open and closed
cycle, effect of intercooling, regeneration and reheating. (5)
UNIT V
Refrigeration: Refrigerants and their properties, vapor compression refrigeration cycles,
vapor absorption refrigeration system. (4)
Psychrometry: Properties of dry and wet air, use of psychrometric chart, processes involving
heating/cooling and humidification/dehumidification, dew point. (4)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to
i. Analyze different vapor power cycles
ii. Calculate the critical pressure ratio, maximum discharge and exit area of the steam
nozzles
iii. Estimate the performance of impulse steam turbine
iv. Evaluate the reaction steam turbines performance and degree of reaction
v. Choose the required device by analyzing the performance of compressor and gas
turbines
vi. Explore various refrigeration cycles and psychrometric processes.
vii. Apply the concepts of thermodynamics in designing the components of power plant,
and refrigeration and psychrometry

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rathore, Mahesh M. Thermal engineering. Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2018.
2. Rajput, R. K. Thermal engineering. Laxmi Publications, 2018.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Vasandani, V.P., and Kumar, D.S., Treatise on Heat Engineering. Metropolitan book Co.
(P) Ltd., 2008.
2. Moran, M. J. and Shapiro, H. N., Fundamentals of Engineering Thermodynamics. John
Wiley and Sons, 2010.
A3MET312 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 3 1
ii. 3 3 2 1
iii. 3 3 2 1
iv. 3 3 1
v. 3 3 1
vi. 3 3 1
vii. 3 3 1

A3MET312 APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - VI L T P C
A3MET313
HEAT TRANSFER 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Conduction: Introduction to three modes of heat transfer, Derivation of heat balance
equation- Steady one dimensional solution for conduction heat transfer in Cartesian,
cylindrical and spherical geometry, concept of conduction and film resistances, critical
insulation thickness,

UNIT II
Fins: heat transfer through fins, generalized heat conduction equation for rectangular fins,
boundary conditions, fin efficiency and fin effectiveness
Transient heat conduction: lumped system approximation, Biot number, unsteady heat
transfer-approximate solution to unsteady conduction heat transfer by the use of Heissler
charts, Semi infinite solids

UNIT III
Forced convection: Heat convection, basic equations, boundary layers, Forced convection,
external and internal flows, Correlations for forced convection- Approximate solutions to
laminar boundary layer equations (momentum and energy) for both internal and external
flow- Estimating heat transfer rates in laminar and turbulent flow situations using appropriate
correlations for forced convection.

Free Convection: - Natural convective heat transfer- Dimensionless parameters for

convective heat transfer- Estimating heat transfer rates using Correlations for free convection

UNIT IV
Boiling: – Pool boiling – Regimes Calculations on Nucleate boiling, Critical Heat flux and
Film boiling.
Condensation: Film wise and drop wise condensation –Nusselt‘s Theory of Condensation on
a vertical plate - Film condensation on vertical and horizontal cylinders using empirical
correlations.
Heat Exchangers: Types of heat exchangers, overall heat transfer Coefficient and fouling
factor, Analysis and design of heat exchangers using both LMTD and  - NTU methods.

UNIT V
Radiation: Interaction of radiation with materials, definitions of radiative properties, Stefan
Boltzmann‘s law, black and gray body radiation, Calculation of radiation heat transfer
between surfaces using radiative properties, view factors and the radiosity method.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to
i. Define the different modes of heat transfer and governing laws.
ii. Understand the importance of extended surfaces and transient heat conduction
systems.
iii. Develop the analytical relations for convective heat transfer by taking the momentum
and energy transfer into consideration.
iv. Compare the analytical and empirical relations of convective heat transfer and use
those relations for real life problems.
v. Identify different types of phase change processes and evaluate the heat exchangers.
vi. Evaluate radiative heat exchange between different black and non-black surfaces.
vii. Design different heat transfer devices for real life and industrial applications

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sachdeva.R.C., Fundamentals of Engineering Heat and Mass Transfer, 5th Edition, New
age International.2010
2. Holman, J.P, Heat Transfer, 10th Edition, McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd.2010.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Incropera, F. P., and Dewitt, D.P., Fundamentals of Heat and Mass Transfer, 6th
Edition, 2007, John Wiley.
2. Yunus A Cengel, Heat Transfer: A Practical Approach, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill.2002.

A3MET313 HEAT TRANSFER

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 1 1
ii. 3 1 2 1 1 1
iii. 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
iv. 3 3 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2
v. 3 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 2
vi. 3 2 1 1
vii. 3 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 2

A3MET313 : HEAT TRANSFER

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - VI L T P C
A3MET405
Design of Transmission Systems 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Gear transmission: Speed ratios and number of teeth, force analysis, tooth stresses, dynamic
effects, fatigue strength, factor safety, gear materials.
Design of helical gears based on strength and wear considerations, pressure angle in the
normal and transverse plane; equivalent number of teeth and forces for helical gears.

UNIT II
Straight bevel gear: Tooth terminology, tooth forces and stresses, equivalent number of
teeth. Estimating the dimensions of a pair of straight bevel gears.
Worm gear: merits & demerits, terminology, thermal capacity, materials, forces & stresses,
efficiency, estimating the size of worm gear pair. Cross helical gears, terminology, helix
angles, sizing of a pair of helical gears.

UNIT III
Flexible transmission elements: Design of rope drives, selection of hoisting wire ropes and
pulleys,
Design of chains and sprockets: Terms Used in Chain Drive, Classification of Chains, selection
of chains, design of chains, design of sprockets.

DESIGN OF POWER SCREWS: Types of power screws, Stresses in power screws, design of
power screws, Differential and Compound Screws
Screw jack: parts of screw jack, stresses in screw jack, design of screw jack, application of
screw jack

UNIT IV
ENGINE PARTS:
Pistons, forces acting on piston-construction design and proportions of piston- Design of
cylinder and cylinder liners.
Connecting Rod: Thrust in connecting rod – stress due to whipping action on connecting
rod, design of connecting rod.
UNIT V
Cranks and crankshafts: strength and proportions of centre crankshaft, Materials and
selection of crankshaft, design of crankshaft - crank pins.
Design of Gear box: Geometric progression, standard step ratio; Ray diagram, kinematics
layout; Design of sliding mesh gear box- Design of multi-speed gearbox for machine tool
applications; constant mesh gear box, speed reducer unit; Variable speed gearbox; Fluid
couplings, Torque converters for automotive applications.
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. Shigley J., Mischke C., Budynas R. and Nisbett K., Mechanical Engineering Design,
10th ed., Tata McGraw Hill, 2017.
2. Jindal U.C., Machine Design: Design of Transmission System, Dorling Kindersley,
2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Machine Design, [Link], Penton/IPC, 1969
2. [Link]. Design/JEShigley, McGraw-Hill Education, 2014

COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. Design spur and bevel gears for power transmission applications.
ii. Design flexible power transmission elements like ropes, chains and power screws
iii. Design engine parts such as cylinder, piston, connecting rod and gear box.
iv. Understand the use of spur and bevel gears for power transmission applications.
v. Understand the use of flexible power transmission elements like ropes, chains and
power screws
vi. Understand the use of engine parts such as cylinder, piston, connecting rod and gear
box.
vii. Apply the power transmission systems to meet desired needs within realistic
constraints.

A3MET405 Design of Transmission Systems

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO/PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 3 1 1 2
ii. 3 3 2 2 1 1 2
iii. 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
iv. 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
v. 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
vi. 3 2 2
vii. 3 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2

A3MET405 Design of Transmission Systems

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - VI L T P C
A3MET406 Leadership and Team Management 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours)

COURSE DESCRIPTION:

This course is designed to provide a basic introduction to leadership by focusing on what it

means to be a good leader and effective leadership including an investigation of leadership
theories, building up teams and their management and assessment of leadership styles. The
content will also enable to understand the philosophy, relationships, task behavior and to
create vision by establishing a constructive environment. The practice of leadership is
emphasized more to enable student develop and transform as a leader.

PREREQUISITES OF THE COURSE: Nil

SYLLABUS

UNIT I: Introduction & Perspectives on Leadership

What does it meant to be a leader – Primary goal of the organization – Why we dislike
change – Stability to crisis management – Uniformity to diversity – Change theories – Nature
of change
Role of leader to bring change in organization – Prime task of leadership – Systemic
leadership – System theory – Trait and behavior theory – Leadership grid – Change v/s
transformation – Phases of transformation process – Contingency theories
UNIT II: Personal Side of Leadership
Personality traits and leadership behavior – Values and attitudes – How attitudes affect
leadership. Working with different personality types – Leader‘s capacity v/s competence –
Developing leader‘s mind – System‘s thinking – Emotional intelligence and its significance
for leaders – Moral leadership – Principles of business ethics – Followership and its role –
Developing personal potential – What leader‘s want from followers and vice versa.

UNIT III: Leadership and Relationship

Revitalizing people – revitalizing organization – revitalizing relationship – Leadership and
motivation – Theories of motivation – Empowering people to meet higher needs – Employee
engagement programs.

Communication: How leaders communicate – Creating open communication climate –

Dialogue, discussion and Johari Window – Non-verbal communication – Communicating in
crisis

UNIT IV: Leadership and Team development

How teams develop – Team effectiveness – Team leader‘s personal role – Virtual and global
team – How to handle team conflicts – Leadership in diversity – Changing nature of authority
– Power, influence and leadership.

UNIT V: Leader as a Social Architect

Creating vision and mission – Strategic leadership – How to achieve and execute vision –
Importance of culture – Cultural strength and leadership – Value-based leadership –
Framework for leading change – Appreciative enquiry – Leading for innovation.
 Text Books:

1. Richard L. Daft, Leadership, Fifth Edition, South Western/Cengage Learning.

2. Northouse, P. G. (2014). Introduction to Leadership: Concepts and Practice (3rd
Ed.). SAGE publications.

Reference Books:
1. Richard L. Daft, Management, Ninth Edition, South Western/Cengage Learning
2. Annabel Beerel, Leadership and change management, Sage publications
3. Gary Yukl, Leadership in Organizations, Eighth edition, Pearson
4. Richard L Hughes, Robert C Ginnett, Gordy J Curphy, Leadership: Enhancing the
lessons of experience, Eighth edition,Tata McGraw Hill Education.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Student will be able to
i) Propose the leadership philosophy & styles to communicate effectively.
ii) Develop the required critical thinking skills and behavior to be a leader.
iii) Apply strategies of leadership to various situations.
iv) Analyze the situation and take more effective, collective and dynamic decisions.
v) Illustrate issues within the culture of leadership in different contexts.
vi) Evaluate fundamental leadership practices relevant to contemporary organizations
& integrate their lived experiences into their leadership development process
vii) Gain a greater understanding of their own personal identities and how their
identities shape their leadership and followership.

Mapping of Cos and POs

A3MET406: Leadership and Team Management

Course
designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
CO / PO/ PSO P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO PSO
mapping O O PSO2
1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 1
2 3
i. 2 3 2 3 2 3 3
ii. 2 3 2 3 3
iii. 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3
iv. 1 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 2 2 2
v. 2 3 2 3 3 3 3 3
vi 2 3 2 3 3 3 3
vii 2 3 3 3 2 1

A3MET406: Leadership and Team Management

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - VI L T P C
A3MET407 AIRCRAFT AND JET PROPULSION 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

UNIT I
Aircraft basics: The standard atmosphere, Hydrostatic equation, Pressure, temperature and
density altitudes, Classification of aircraft. Airplane (fixed wing aircraft) configuration and
various parts.

UNIT II
Basic aerodynamics: Airfoil nomenclature, Thermodynamics of Aircraft Gas Turbine
engines lift and drag. Lift drag and moment coefficients, pressure coefficient, calculation of
induced drag, flaps, aerodynamics of cylinders and spheres

UNIT III
Airplane performance: equations of motion, thrust required for level and unaccelerated
flight, thrust and power available for maximum velocity, altitude effects on power required,
Landing and take-off performance, drag reduction.

UNIT IV
Jet propulsion: Theory of jet propulsion, thrust equation, thrust power and propulsive
efficiency, Operating principle and cycle analysis of ramjet, turbojet, turbofan and turboprop
engines.
UNIT V
Rocket propulsion: Types of rocket engines, propellants & feeding systems, ignition and
combustion, theory of rocket propulsion, performance study, staging, terminal and
characteristic velocity, space flights

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anderson, Introduction to Flight, 5th edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Education,2008.
2. [Link], Gas Turbines and Jet & Rocket Propulsion, Standard Publishers,
2010.
Reference Book
1. Ahmed F. El-Sayed, Aircraft Propulsion and Gas Turbine Engines, springer,2016
2. V.M. Domkundwar,Gas Turbines And Jet Rocket Propulsion, Dhanpat Rai &
Co,2013.
 COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to
i. Learn the basics of aircraft and properties of atmosphere
ii. Understand the concepts of aerodynamics of aircraft.
iii. Comprehend the mechanics and performance of aircraft.
iv. Understand the principle of landing and take-off of an aircraft
v. Understand the propulsion systems of different types of jet engines.
vi. Able to explain the various propulsion systems and performance of rockets.
vii. Identify the basic working of different air crafts and jet propulsion systems

A3MET407 AIRCRAFT AND JET PROPULSION

Course Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PSO2
mapping
i. 1 1 1 1
ii. 1
iii. 3 2 1 1 1 2
iv. 1 2 1 2
v. 2 1 1
vi. 3 2 1 1 1
vii. 2 1 1

A3MET407 AIRCRAFT AND JET PROPULSION

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - VI L T P C
A3MET408 ENTREPRENEURSHIP 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I BASIC ASPECTS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Nature of Entrepreneur &
Entrepreneurship – Evolution of Entrepreneurship – Types of Entrepreneurs – Role of
Entrepreneurship in Economic Development, few success stories of entrepreneurs.
UNIT-II FORMS OF ENTREPRENEURSHIP: Family business – Women
Entrepreneurship and Problems – Startup Entrepreneur –– Entrepreneurship – Rural
Entrepreneurship – Social Entrepreneurship – Characteristic of successful Entrepreneurs –
Desirable and acquirable attributes of an Entrepreneur. Myths and realities of
Entrepreneurship
UNIT-III MSME’S DEVELOPMENT AND FUNDING: Current MSMEs scenario in
India-Nature of organization and ownership, Productivity enhancement, Market promotion,
product development,
Modernization, technological up gradation and other environmental impact on MSMEs.
Challenges of MSMEs, Regulatory and legal frame work of MSMEs – Support system by
Central Government: NBMSME, COIR Board, SIDO, SISI, NSIC, NIESBUD, SIDBI
UNIT-IV BUSINESS PLAN AND DPR:- Creativity and innovation, Idea generation
sources, Evaluation and judgement, conducting Feasibility Study – contents of Detail Project
Report (DPR) – Business Plan - Innovative methods of presenting a business plan
UNIT-V GOVERNMENT POLICIES AND INITIATIVES: MSMED Act 2006-
Objectives and main initiatives, Role of Development banks & Commercial banks – State
Institutional support to MSMEs through DIC –– Future of MSMEs – Recent initiatives of
Govt. of India – Startups, Make in India, Ease of Doing Business
NOTE: Relevant cases have to be discussed in each unit
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Abrams The Successful Business Plan: Secrets and Strategies. Planning Shop, USA, 6th
Edition,2016
2. [Link] and [Link], Entrepreneurship: A South Asian Perspective, Cengage
Learning,2016
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Dollinger Entrepreneurship. Pearson, New Delhi. 2003.
2. Hisrich [Link] Entrepreneurship. Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi. 2010.
3. Raj Shankar Entrepreneurship: Theory & Practice. 2012.
COURSE OUTCOMES: At the end of this course, the students will be able to
i. Know about the nature of entrepreneurship and various types of Entrepreneurship and
successful criteria.
ii. Know about product development, market promotion with environmental changes and
government support systems
iii. Know about Govt. policies and initiatives on supportive schemes and legal issues and
liaison with institutions working for the cause study and preparation of detail project
report.
iv. Understand the nature of entrepreneurship and analyse various types of Entrepreneurship
and successful criteria.
v. Appraise product development, market promotion with environmental changes and utilise
government support systems
vi. Analyse Govt. policies and initiatives on supportive schemes and legal issues and liaison
with institutions working for the cause and can prepare a detail project report
vii. Able to plan, organize, and execute a project or new venture with the goal of bringing
new products and service to the market
A3MET408 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 2
ii 2 2
iii 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2
iv 1 1 1 1 1 2
v 1 1 2 1 1 1 2
vi 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 2
vii 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 2 3

A3MET408 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER - VI L T P C
A3MEL304 Simulation Laboratory 0 0 3 2
Total number of hours (48 hours )
1. Structural analysis using FEA
a) Determination of deflection and stresses in 2D and 3D trusses and beams.
b) Determination of deflections component and principal and Von-mises stresses in plane
stress, plane strain and axisymmetric components.
c) Determination of stresses in 3D and shell structures (at least one example in each case)
d) Estimation of natural frequencies and mode shapes,
e) Harmonic response of 2D beam.
2. Thermal analysis using FEA
a) Steady state heat transfer Analysis of 2D and 3D components.
3. Coupled field analysis using FEA
4. CFD Analysis
a) CFD analysis on internal and external flow
5. Edge CAM
a) G- code and M-code generation for different machining operations
Exercises to be scattered across using any three of the following software packages
covering modeling, analysis tools.
CATIA, Creo, I-DEAS, ANSYS, NISA, NASTRAN, CAEFEM, Edge CAM, Fluent

COURSE OUT COMES:

After successful completion of the course, student will be able to
i. Perform structural analysis by identifying appropriate elements, meshing and other
tasks using FEA tool.
ii. Perform Thermal analysis by identifying appropriate elements, meshing and other tasks
using FEA tool.
iii. Perform coupled field analysis by identifying appropriate elements, meshing and other
tasks using FEA tool.
A3MEL304: Simulation Laboratory
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 3
ii. 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 3
iii. 2 1 1 1 3 3 2 2 3

A3MEL304 :Simulation Laboratory

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
METROLOGY, INSTRUMENTATION
A3MET314 3 - - 3
AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I
Metrology:Principles of Metrology, Standards of Measurement, Limits, Fits and Tolerances,
Gauges (Plug Gauges, Snap Gauges, Ring Gauges, GO & NOGO Gauge), Design on
Taylor‘s principle

UNIT-II
Linear Measurement, Angular Measurement, Comparators, Optical Measurement and
Interferometry, Metrology of Gears and Screw Threads, Metrology of Surface Finish

UNIT-III
Fundamentals of Instrumentation: Definition, Elements of generalised Measurement
System, types of instrumentation systems, Measurement systems performance –,
Characteristics of Zero Order, First Order and Second Order Systems

Sensors:Displacement Measurement, Temperature Measurement, Flow Measurement,

Pressure Measurement, Force Measurement, Torque and Power Measurement, Miscellaneous
Instrumentation
Actuators: Pneumatic and Hydraulic Actuation Systems, Mechanical Actuation Systems,
Electrical Actuation Systems

UNIT-IV
Control Systems: Introduction to Control Systems, Types of Control Systems, Review of
Laplace Transforms, Mathematical Foundation for Control Systems, Modelling of Systems,
Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs, System Stability and Analysis

UNIT-V Microprocessors and Microcontrollers: Microprocessors, Microcontrollers,

Input/Output Systems, Interface, Programming for microcontrollers

Text books:
1. W. Bolton ,Instrumentation and control systems , 2nd edition, Newnes, 2000
2. Raghavendra , Krishnamurthy, Engineering Metrology and Measurements by , Oxford
Press.
3. S.P. Venkateshan, Mechanical Measurements, Athena Academic.
Reference Text books
1. Engineering Metrology by R.K. Jain Khanna Publishers.
2. Mechanical measurements and control systems by R K Rajput, Katson Publishers.
3. Mechanical measurements and control systems by DS Kumar, Metropolitan Book Co
Pvt Ltd.
4. Thomas G. Beckwith, Roy D. Marangoni, John H. LienhardV , Mechanical
Measurements, 6th Edition, Pearson Education India, 2007
5. Gregory K. McMillan, Process/Industrial Instruments and Controls Handbook, Fifth
Edition, McGraw-Hill: New York,1999.
6. [Link], A text book of Metrology, Dhanpat Rai and Co
Course outcomes:
Student can
i. Differentiate different types of tolerances used in manufacturing and their effect on
manufacturing.
ii. Select right kind of instrument for a given measurand.
iii. Classify different types of instruments and understand the performance of them.
iv. Understand the role of sensors and their types in different applications.
v. Understand different measuring and control system and role of different sensors.
vi. Plot different types of plots depending the inputs for controlling system.
vii. Develop prototype models using basics of sensors, controlling features and
instrumental performance.

A3MET314 METROLOGY, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PS02
mapping 1
i. 3 3 1 1 1 1
ii. 3 2 1 1 1 1
iii. 3 3 2 1 1
iv. 3 3 2 1 1 1
v. 3 3 1 1 2 1 1 1
vi. 2 1 3 2
vii. 2 2 1

A3MET314 METROLOGY, INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL SYSTEMS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET315 MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction to CNC Machines: Numerical Control of Machine Tools, NC and CNC Machines and
Types, Principle of Operation of CNC Machines (coordinate system, open loop/closed loop system, 3-
axis CNC system, elements of CNC system) (5)
Construction of CNC machines (Structure, speed and feed drive), Selection of Machine Elements
for CNC Machines (bearings, ballscrew, LM guides, servo motors and drives) (4)

UNIT II
CNC Machine Operation: Selection of Tools and Tool holders for CNC Machines (turning, drilling
and milling), (5)
Operation of CNC Machine (Control panel, Jog/MDI/Auto mode, MPG), CNC Controller, Electrical
Circuits and Programmable Logic Control
Automation in CNC: Pneumatic/hydraulic circuits, Automation in Machine Tools (ATC/APC) (4)

UNIT III
Part Programming: Introduction, Structure of a Part Program, Programming Features, G and M
Codes, Cycles. (4)
Part Programming Examples: Turning, Drilling and Milling, Program Development Using CAM
(5)
Manufacturing Systems: Components of a Manufacturing System, Classification of Manufacturing
Systems, Single Station Manufacturing Cells. (4)
Group Technology: Group Technology and Cellular Manufacturing, Quantitative Analysis in
Cellular Manufacturing, Flexible Manufacturing Systems, and Quantitative Analysis of FMS. (5)
UNIT IV
Introduction to Lean Manufacturing: Rise and Fall of Mass Production, Birth of Lean Production,
Lean Production System, Muda, SMED, Stability in Lean System, The 5S System, Total Productive
Maintenance, Standardized Work, Kaizen. (5)
Toyota Production System: Just-In-Time Production, Kanban, Six Kanban Rules, Production
Levelling, Value Stream Mapping, Jidoka, Poka-yoke, Hoshin Kanri, Involvement. (4)

UNIT V
Introduction to Agile Manufacturing: Agile Manufacturing Paradigm, Agile Manufacturing Model,
Organization Structure for Agility, Authority for Implementing Agile, Employee Involvement, Agile
Manufacturing through Management Driver, Agile Manufacturing through Technology Driver. (5)
Agility through Manufacturing Strategy Driver, Agility through Competitive Driver,
Implementation of Agile Manufacturing in Moderate and Smart Organizations, Contemporary
Scenario of Agile Implementation. (4)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. M. P. Groover ―Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated
Manufacturing‖ PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2016.
2. S. R. Devadasan ―Lean and Agile Manufacturing: Theoretical, Practical and Research
Futurities, PHI Learning Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Chennakesava R Alavala ―CAD/CAM: Concepts and Applications‖ PHI Learning Pvt
Ltd, New Delhi, 2010
2. Lonnie Wilson ―How to Implement Lean Manufacturing‖, McGraw Hill, 2010
3. A Gunasekaran ―Agile Manufacturing: The 21st Century Competitive Strategy‖, ,
Elsevier, 2001

Manufacturing Systems Lab

List of Experiments

1. Facing on stock material using Horizontal center.

2. Chamfering on stock material using Horizontal Center.
3. Plain Turning on stock material using Horizontal Center.
4. Step Turning on stock material using Horizontal Center.
5. Internal profile generation using Horizontal center.
6. Profile generation (Stock material removal) using Horizontal Center.
7. Facing on stock material using Vertical Center.
8. Rectangle pocketing (End milling cutter) using Vertical Center.
9. Circular pocketing (End milling cutter) using Vertical Center.
10. Tapping & hole making using Vertical center.
11. Profile generation using Vertical Center.

COURSE OUTCOME:
Student will be able to
i. Explain the working principles of NC and CNC machines and different types of tools and tool
holders.
ii. Classify different types of NC, CNC machines and components.
iii. Write the part program of various machining operations.
iv. Describe the importance of Group Technology.
v. Identify different Lean tools to eliminate industrial waste.
vi. Understand the concepts of agility through manufacturing strategy and competitive drivers.
vii. Apply different manufacturing strategies to improve productivity.
 A3MET315 MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS
Course
designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 2 3 1 1 2
ii. 3 2 2 2 1 1 2
iii. 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 1
iv. 3 2 2 3 2 3 2
v. 3 1 1 2
vi. 3 2 1
vii. 3 2 1 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2

A3MET315 MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A1MET409 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 54

UNIT I
Fundamental concepts: A Brief History of FEM, Need for studying FEM,
Basic equations of elasticity and procedure: Stress and equilibrium, strain displacement
relations, Stress–strain relations in three dimensional elasticity , Plane stress– plane strain
problems ,potential energy and equilibrium, Rayleigh Ritz technique, General description of
the method, Applications of FEM
UNIT II
One Dimensional problems: Finite element modeling of 1D Problems, coordinates and
shape functions, Potential energy approach for 1D problems, assembly of global stiffness
matrix, load vector and properties of stiffness matrix, treatment of boundary conditions,
temperature effects,
quadratic shape function, formulation of stiffness matrix and load vector
Trusses: plane truss, local and global coordinate system, element stiffness matrix, stress in
members, temperature effects. Truss with two members, truss with three members, truss with
four members.
UNIT III
Beams: potential energy approach, formulation of beam problem, load vector, simply
supported beam subjected to point load with different area of cross section, simply supported
beam subjected to udl over half of the length,
Two dimensional problems with CST: shape functions, Iso parametric representation ,force
terms, traction terms, jacobian , strain displacement matrix, element stiffness, rectangular
plate modeled with two elements, triangular plate modeled with single CST
UNIT IV
Axisymmetric solids: Axisymmetric formulation, fem modeling triangular element,
Jacobian, strain displacement matrix, stiffness matrix, body force, surface traction,
Two dimensional isoparametric elements: four node quadrilateral element: shape
functions, jacobian , strain displacement relations,stiffness,Body force, Traction force,
Higher order elements: nine node quadrilateral element: shape functions, eight node
quadrilateral element: shape functions
Numerical integration: one point formula, two point formula
UNIT V
Scalar field problems: steady state heat transfer: one dimensional heat conduction governing
equation, two dimensional steady -state heat conduction ,triangular element ,shape function,
jacobian, thermal stiffness matrix.
Dynamic Analysis: formulation: Hamilton‘s principle, mass matrix for bar, mass matrix for
truss, mass matrix for beam, lumped mass matrix,
Eigen values and vectors: properties of Eigen vectors, Eigen vectors for stepped bar,Eigen
vectors for beams.
FE Software: steps involved in solving FEM software, software packages, standard
capabilities of software packages, advantages.
TEXT BOOKS:
1) Triupathi R Chandrapla and Ashok D. Belegundu Introduction to Finite Elements in
Engineering,
Prentice Hall, 2002
2) Singiresu S Rao, The Finite Element Methods in Engineering, Elsevier India, 2014
REFERENCE BOOKS
1) JNReddy, An introduction to Finite Element Method, McGraw-Hill, 2006
2) Kenneth [Link], Donald L. Dewhirst, DouglasE. Smith andTedG. Byrom
The Finite Element Method for Engineers, John Wiley & sons, India.
3) Chennakesava Alavala, Finite Element Methods, PHI, 2008
COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. know the basics of FEM, bars and Trusses.
ii. know the basics of Beams and two dimensional problems
iii. know the basics of Axisymmetric and dynamic analysis.
iv. understand the difference between bar and Truss
v. understand the difference between Beam and two dimensional problem
vi. understand the Axisymmetric and dynamic analysis
vii. analyze different engineering problems
 A3MET409 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3
ii 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3
iii 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3
iv 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3
v 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3
vi 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3
vii 3 3 3 3 3 1 2 2 2 1 1 3 3

A3MET409 FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C

A3MET410 COMPOSITE MATERIALS

3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT I
Definition and applications of composite materials, Fibers- glass, carbon, ceramic and aramid fibers;
Matrices- polymer, graphite, ceramic and metal matrices; characteristics of fibers and matrices.
Polymer matrix composites: Polymers - Polymer matrix materials – PMC processes - hand layup
processes – spray up processes – resin transfer moulding.
UNIT II
Review Definition: Stress, Strain, Elastic Moduli, Strain Energy, Hooke‘s Law for Different
Types of Materials, Hooke‘s Law for a Two-Dimensional Unidirectional Lamina, Hooke‘s
Law for a Two-Dimensional Angle Lamina, Engineering Constants of an Angle Lamina,
Invariant Form of Stiffness and Compliance Matrices for an Angle Lamina, Strength Failure
Theories of an Angle Lamina- Maximum Stress Failure Theory, Strength Ratio, Tsai–Hill
Failure Theory, Tsai–Wu Failure Theory

UNIT III
Volume and Mass Fractions, Density, and Void Content, Evaluation of the Four Elastic
Moduli Strength of Materials Approach, Semi-Empirical Models, Elasticity Approach,
Elastic Moduli of Lamina with Transversely Isotropic Fibers, Ultimate Strengths of a
Unidirectional Lamina

Ceramic matrix composites: Ceramic matrix materials – properties – processing of CMCs –

Sintering - Hot pressing- Hot isostatic pressing (HIPing) - and Applications of CCMs.
UNIT IV
Metal matrix composites: Metals - types of metal matrix composites – Metallic Matrices. Processing
of MMC – Liquid state processes – solid state processes – In-situ processes. Properties and
applications of MMCs.
UNIT V
Advances in composites: Advantages of carbon matrix – limitations of carbon matrix carbon fibre –
chemical vapor deposition of carbon on carbon fibre perform. Properties and applications of Carbon-
carbon composites. Composites for aerospace applications. Introduction of biocomposites,
classification, processing of biocomposites, applications of biocomposites - Mechanical, Biomedical,
automobile Engineering.
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. Gibson R.F. Principles of Composite Material Mechanics, second edition, McGraw Hill, 1994.
2. Hyer M.W., Stress Analysis of Fiber- Reinforced Composite Materials, McGraw Hill, 1998.

REFERENCE BOOKS
1. A.B. Strong, Fundamentals of Composite Manufacturing, SME, 1989.
2. S.C. Sharma, Composite materials, Narosa Publications, 2000

COURSE OUTCOMES:

Student will be able to

i. Describe the need for composites.

ii. Identify the practical applications of composites.
iii. Identify the polymer, metal and ceramic matrix composites.
iv. Do stress analysis in the design of composite structures
v. Understand the manufacturing process for making composites
vi. Visualize the importance of composites in biomedical applications.
vii. Enumerate various composites by their type of reinforcement used

A3MET410 COMPOSITE MATERIALS

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PS02
mapping 1
i. 1 2 - - - - - 1 1 1 - 1 3 3
ii. 2 2 - - - 1 - - 2 - 2 3 3
iii. 2 1 1 2 1 - - - 1 - 1 3 3
iv. 1 1 1 1 - - - - 1 - 1 3 3
v. 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - 1 - 1 3 3
vi. 2 2 1 1 1 1 - - 1 2 - 2 3 3
vii. 2 1 1 1 - 1 - 1 2 1 - 1 3 3

A3MET410 COMPOSITE MATERIALS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
REFRIGERATION AND AIR
A3MET411 3 0 0 3
CONDITIONING
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours )

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction to Refrigeration: Necessity and applications of refrigeration, Units and performance of
refrigeration systems, Mechanical refrigeration, Classification of refrigeration systems, Air
refrigeration cycles.

UNIT II
Vapour Compression Refrigeration systems: Components, working principles, performance,
methods for performance improvement, Advanced vapour compression cycles, Numerical problems.

UNIT III
Vapour Absorption Refrigeration system: Description of NH3-Water system, Water-LiBr system,
three fluids system, advanced absorption refrigeration systems and their components. Performance of
vapour absorption system, Numerical problems
Refrigerants: Refrigerants and their mixtures: properties and characteristics, Ozone depletion and
global warming issues, System components: Compressors, Condensers, Expansion devices and
Evaporators, Performance matching of components of refrigeration systems

UNIT IV
Psychrometry: Review of Psychrometry, psychrometric properties, processes, representation of
psychrometric processes, calculation of psychrometric properties, Air-conditioning processes,
Comfort air conditioning and Cooling load calculations, Numerical problems

UNIT V
Applications of Air Conditioning: Types and Applications of Air Conditioning systems, Concept
of enthalpy potential - Air washers, cooling towers, Evaporative condensers, Cooling and
dehumidifying coils

TEXTBOOKS
1. Arora, C.P., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Edition, 2000
2. R.K. Rajput, A Text Book of Refrigeration and Air Conditioning, S.K. Kataria Sons, 3rd
Edition, 2016.

Reference Books:
1. Roy J. Dossat, Principles of Refrigeration, Prentice Hall, 2001.
2. Stoecker, W.F. Jones, J.W., Refrigeration and Air conditioning, Tata McGraw Hill, 1986.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. Understand the concepts of refrigeration and air conditioning
ii. Explain the working of vapor compression refrigeration systems
iii. Demonstrate the working of vapor absorption refrigerating system
iv. Identify and explain the components of refrigerating systems and refrigerants
v. Develop generalized psychrometrics of moist air and apply to different processes.
vi. Design the air conditioning systems for the given metabolic rate and at other different loads
vii. Select the suitable refrigeration system for the specific application.
A3MET411 :REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 1 1
ii. 1 1
iii. 1
iv. 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
v. 1 2 1 1 1 2
vi. 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
vii. 2 1

A3MET411 REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND
A3MET412 3 - - 3
MANAGEMENT
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT 1
Introduction: Introduction to Management and its importance, Nature and features of
management, Various levels of management, Functions of management, Taylor‘s principles,
theory X & theory Y, Fayol‘s principles of management, Mayo‘s Hawthorne experiment.
Organization: Introduction, Essential elements of good organization and Principles and types of
organizations.

UNIT 2
Industrial Engineering: Introduction, Role of an industrial engineer, Tools of an industrial
engineer, Types of production, Concept of work study, Time study : work sampling, PMTS, MTM,
flow process charts, Flow diagrams, string diagrams, SIMO chart, therbligs, Types of production
layout, plant maintenance.

UNIT 3
Quality Management: Introduction, fundamental factors affecting quality & Total quality
improvement, zero defect concept, ISO quality systems, Six sigma, Quality circles, inspection and
it‘s types, Deming‘s contribution to quality, Taguchi‘s Quality engineering

Statistical Quality Control: Quality control, its importance, SQC, attribute sampling inspection
with single and double sampling, Control charts X and R charts X AND S charts and their
applications, numerical examples.

UNIT-4
Value Analysis: Value engineering, implementation procedure, Enterprise resource planning and
Supply chain management.
Selective Inventory Controls: ABC, VED, HML, SDE, FSN and XYZ Analysis - procedures
and applications

UNIT 5
Project Management: Introduction to Network analysis, PERT, CPM- differences and
applications, critical path, determination of floats, importance, project crashing, and numerical
examples
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. O.P Khanna, Industrial Engineering and Management, Dhanpat Rai publishers 2018.
2. Samuel Eilon, Elements of Production planning and control, Macmillan 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. T R Banga & S C Sharma, Industrial Engineering and management, Khanna publishers 2017.
2. S K Sharma & Savita Sharma, Industrial Engineering and Organization Management, Katson
Publications 2017.
3. R Panneer Selvam, Production and Operations Management, Prentice Hall India learning pvt.
Ltd. 2012.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students will be able to
i. Understand the role of human relations in the management of operations
ii. Apply method study and time study concepts in industries
iii. Understand knowledge of mathematics in quality control
iv. Identify various quality controlling techniques.
v. Apply fundamental management science to technical problem solving
vi. Do analysis of projects, operations and firms by having depth in knowledge
vii. Apply knowledge of management skills, inventory controlling and quality controlling
methods.
A3MET412 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 1 1 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 3 3 2 2
ii 2 3 2 3 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 3
iii 2 3 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 3
iv 1 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 2 2
v 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2
vi 2 3 3 3 1 2 1 3 1 2 3
vii 2 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 3

A3MET412 INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING AND MANAGEMENT

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A1MET413 MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS & CONDITION 3 - - 3
MONITORING
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

UNIT-I
Fundamentals of Vibration: Basic concepts of vibration, Classification of vibration, Spring
Elements, Damping Elements, Harmonic Motion.
Free Vibration of Single-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Free vibration of an undamped translational
system, Free vibration of an undamped torsional system, Rayleigh‘s energy method, Free vibration
with viscous damping, Free vibration with coulomb damping.
UNIT – II
Harmonically Excited Vibration: Response of an undamped system under harmonic force,
Response of a damped system under harmonic force, Response of a damped system under the
harmonic motion of the base, Response of a damped system under rotating unbalance, Vibration
Isolation and transmissibility.
Two-Degree-of- Freedom Systems: Equations of motion for free and forced vibration, Free-
vibration analysis of an undamped system, Torsional system, Free-vibration analysis of an damped
system, Forced-vibration analysis of an undamped system.
UNIT – III
Multi-degree-of- Freedom Systems: Exact Analysis: Modeling of continuous systems as multi-
degree-of-freedom systems using Newton‘s second law to derive equations of motion, Influence
Coefficients, Eigenvalue problem, normal modes and their properties, Free and Forced Vibration of
Undamped Systems using modal analysis.
Multi-degree-of- Freedom Systems: Numerical Methods
Rayleigh's Method, Dunkerley‘s Formula, Matrix Iteration Method, Stodola‘s Method, Holzer‘s
methods.
Maintenance: Importance of maintenance, Objectives of maintenance, Types of maintenance,
Maintenance systems, Planned and unplanned maintenance, Breakdown maintenance, Corrective
maintenance, Opportunistic maintenance, Routine maintenance, Preventive maintenance, Predictive
maintenance, Condition based maintenance, Design-out maintenance, Challenges in Maintenance.
UNIT – IV
Equipment Failure, Equipment Failure Rate and Patterns, Failure Management Strategy,
Condition monitoring maintenance categories - Temperature measurements, Dynamic
monitoring, Oil analysis, Corrosion monitoring, Nondestructive testing, Electrical testing,
Observation and surveillance.
UNIT V
Vibration monitoring methods, Vibration data collection, Techniques, Instruments, Transducers,
Commonly witnessed machinery faults diagnosed by vibration analysis – Unbalance, Bent shaft,
Eccentricity, Misalignment, Looseness, Belt drive problems, Gear defects, Bearing defects, Electrical
faults, Oil whip/whirl, Cavitation, Shaft cracks.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. G.K. Groover, Mechanical Vibrations, Nem Chand And Bross, 8th edition, 2018.
2. Collacot R.A., Mechanical fault diagnosis and condition monitoring, Springer Science &
Business Media.
 REFERENCE BOOKS:
th
1. Singiresu S. Rao, Mechanical Vibrations, Prentice Hall, 5 edition, 2011.
2. Alan Davies, Handbook of condition monitoring: Techniques and Methodology,
Chapman & Hall, 1998.
3. John S Mitchell, Introduction to Machinery Analysis and Monitoring, PennWell Books,
PennWell Publishing Company, 2nd edition, 1993.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. know the basics of vibrations, free and forced vibrations of single of freedom systems.
ii. know the basics of multi degree freedom systems and maintenance.
iii. know the basics of equipment failure, condition monitoring and vibration monitoring
methods.
iv. understand the difference between free, forced, undamped, damped, longitudinal, lateral
and torsional vibrations.
v. understand the difference between exact analysis and numerical methods for solving
multi degree of freedom systems
vi. understand the effective methodologies for implementing Condition Monitoring
Techniques and commonly witnessed machinery faults.
vii. analyze different vibratory systems
A3MET413 MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS & CONDITION MONITORING
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
ii 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
iii 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
iv 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
v 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
vi 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1
vii 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1

A3MET413 MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS & CONDITION MONITORING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET414 CREEP, FATIGUE AND FRACTURE 3 - - 3
MECHANICS
Total Contact Hours – 48
SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction to deformation behavior: Stress-strain curves for metal, ceramic and polymer and
their characteristics, Yield point and strain ageing, Strain hardening, Elastic and deformation of single
and poly crystalline material, Mechanism of Plastic deformation, Mechanism of slip / Dislocation
theory, Stress field of a dislocation, forces between dislocations, FRD, Strengthening mechanism.
UNIT II
Overview on failure: Ductile and brittle failure, Modes and mechanism of fracture, Notch sensitivity
and blue brittleness, Griffith theory on fracture, transition temperature and factors affecting transition
temperature, fracture under rapid loading, tempering and hydrogen embrittlement.
UNIT III
Fracture Mechanics: Energy release rate (Change in Compliance approach & Change in Strain
Energy approach), Energy release rate of Double Cantilever Beam (DCB) specimen, Utility of Energy
release rate, Stable & Unstable crack growth, R-curve for ductile and brittle material, Fracture
toughness.
Stress Intensity Factor (SIF), Back ground for mathematical analysis, Westergaard‘s approach for
different modes, Anelastic deformation at crack tip, Shape & size of plastic zone ( under Plane stress
and Plane strain),Irwin model & Dugdale model for Plastic zone, LEFM and EPFM.
UNIT IV
Fatigue of Metals: Introduction, mechanism of fatigue, fatigue fracture characteristics, Variables
affecting fatigue life, coaxing and overstressing, Stress cycle, fatigue curve, Cumulative-damage
theory, Paris law and Sigmoidal curve, Fatigue testing (constant load and displacement method) and
fatigue strength, Environment assisted fatigue.
UNIT V
Creep of Metals: Creep strain and creep-time curves, low temperature and high temperature creep,
transient and viscous creep, Mechanism of creep theories. Fracture at elevated temperature. Stress
rupture. Creep parameters and practical applications. ECT, Effect of metallurgical variables and
materials for high temperature applications.

TEXT BOOK(s):
1. Prashant Kumar ,Elements of Fracture Mechanics , TMH, New Delhi,2009.
2. K.M.Y. Simha, Fracture Mechanics for Modern Engineering, Universities Press.2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. GE Dieter , Mechanical Metallurgy,McGraw-Hill Book Co. Ltd.2008
2. PG Forrest , Fatigue of Metals ,Pergammon Press.2013.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. Understand the importance of dislocations and their role in plastic deformation.
ii. Classify types of fracture and factors leading to their formation.
iii. Select Energy release rate approach for crack advancement and Utility of Energy release
rate.
iv. Analyze different approaches for shape and size of plastic zone.
v. Understand the causes for premature failure of engineering structures.
vi. Comprehend failure causes for high temperature applications.
vii. Able to prepare a brief report on premature failure of engineering components and render
design considerations for better performance of product.

A3MET414-CREEP, FATIGUE AND FRACTURE MECHANICS

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 2 3 - - - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
ii. 2 2 - - - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
iii. 2 3 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
iv. 1 1 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
v. 3 2 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
vi. 3 2 1 1 - - - - 2 1 - 1 - -
vii. 2 2 1 1 - 1 - - 2 1 - 1 - -

A3MET414 - CREEP, FATIGUE AND FRACTURE MECHANICS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET415 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours (48 lecture hours)

UNIT-1
Governing Equations of Fluid Dynamics: Introduction, Computational Fluid Dynamics as a
Research and Design Tool, Applications of Computational Fluid Dynamics. Control Volume,
Substantial Derivative, Divergence of Velocity, Continuity Equation, Momentum Equation and
Energy Equation. (8)

UNIT-2
Mathematical Equations in CFD : Navier-stokes equations and various forms. Conservative and non
conservative forms of governing equations. Stream function - vorticity formulation. Mathematical
Behavior of Partial Differential Equations. (8)

UNIT-3
Finite Difference Method (FDM): Introduction, Introduction of Finite Differences, Discretization,
Difference Equations, Explicit and Implicit Approaches, Errors and Stability Analysis. Fundamentals
of fluid flow modeling. Applications in Heat conduction and Convention.
Solution for Elliptic PDE: Solution methods for Elliptic Partial Differential Equations (PDE),
iterative solution method, Relaxation methods, ADI method. (12)

UNIT-4
Solution Methids for Parabolic and hyperbolic PDE: Solution methods for Parabolic PDE, Explicit
and Implicit schemes and their stability analysis, Dufort Frankel method. Solution method for
Hyperbolic PDE, stability analysis, Explicit method- Lax Wendroff method, Implicit method- Crank-
Nicholson method, MacCormack scheme. (8)

UNIT-5
Incompressible Fluid Flow and FVM : Introduction, Artificial compressibility method, Philosophy
of Pressure correction, Pressure Correction Methods -SIMPLE family of methods, Vortex method,
Computation of Boundary Layer Flow. FVM: Finite volume discretization, diffusion problem,
convection-diffusion problems, upwind differencing schemes. (12)

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Suhas V. Patankar, Numerical heat transfer and fluid flow, Butter-worth Publishers
2. John. D. Anderson, Computational fluid dynamics - Basics with applications,
McGraw Hill Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. T. J. Chung, Computational Fluid Dynamics, Cambridge Univ. Press
2. Tapan K. Sengupta, Fundamentals of Computational Fluid Dynamics, Universities
Press.
3. H. Versteeg, W. Malalasekera, Introduction to Computational Fluid Dynamics,
Pearson Education Limited
OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, students will be able to
i. Understand the importance of CFD.
ii. Understand governing equations of fluid mechanics.
iii. Understand CFD methods and its applications.
iv. Solve the PDE of various types.
v. Apply CFD to incompressible flows.
vi. Understand the FVM and its advantages.
vii. Apply CFD to various flow problems.

A3MET415: COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 3 1 1
ii. 3 3 1
iii. 3 3 1
iv. 3 3 2 1
v. 3 3 2 1
vi. 3 3 2 1
vii. 3 3 1

A3MET415 COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMIC

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET416 AUTOMATION IN MANUFACTURING 3 0 0 3
Total number of hours: 48
SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction to Automation: Basics of Manufacturing, Product/Production Relationships,
Production System Facilities, Automation in Production Systems, Automation Principles and
Strategies, Basic Elements of an Automated System, Advanced Automation Functions, Levels of
Automation (M. P. Groover)
UNIT II
Introduction to Material Handling: Overview of Material Handling Equipment, Considerations in
Material Handling System Design, Principles of Material Handling, Types of Material Transport
Systems, Automated Guided Vehicles, Vehicle Guidance Technology,
Analysis of Material Transport Systems: Charting Techniques, Analysis of Vehicle-based Systems,
Conveyor Analysis
UNIT III
Storage: Types of Storage Systems (AS/RS, Carousal Storage), Components and Features of AS/RS,
Analysis of Automated Storage Systems: Storage System Performance and Location Strategies,
Analysis of AS/RS, Analysis of Carousel Storage Systems,
Assembly Lines- Fundamentals, Alternative assembly systems, design for assembly, Analysis of
single model and mixed model assembly lines, Line balancing.
UNIT IV
Transfer lines: Automated Flow lines: Terminology, Methods of work transfer, Mechanical Buffer
storage Control function, Design and Fabrication Considerations, Transfer line Analysis, Partial
automation, Implementation of Automated flow lines.
UNIT V
Industry 4.0- The fourth Revolution, Sustainability Assessment of manufacturing, Lean production,
Smart and connected business perspective, Smart factories, cyber physical sensors and next
generation sensors, PLM, Augment reality and virtual reality, Artificial intelligence, Big data
Analysis, Cyber security
TEXT BOOK:
1. P. Radhakrishnan, ―Computer Numerical Control Machines and Computer Aided
Manufacture‖, 2nd Edition, New Academic Science Limited
2. G. E. Thyer, ―Computer Numerical Control of Machine Tools‖, 2nd Edition, Butterworth-
Heinemann Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Yoram Koren, ―Computer Control of Manufacturing Systems‖ Tata McGraw Hill
2. Serope Kalpakjian and Steven R. Schmid, ―Manufacturing – Engineering and Technology‖, 7th
edition,Pearson
COURSE OUTCOMES
At the end of the course,
i. Illustrate the basic concepts of Automation, Material handling and Transport systems
ii. Identify the concepts of Storage, Assembly lines and line balancing
iii. Describe the concepts of Transfer lines and industry 4.0
iv. Interpret levels of Automation, Strategies, Material handling and Transport systems
v. Cite AS/RS systems, single and multi model assembly lines
vi. Summarize flow lines, buffer storages, fourth revolution, sustainability and Lean manufacturing
vii. Apply all the concepts of Automationin manufacturing to improve the productivity

A3MET416-AUTOMATION IN MANUFACTURING
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PS02
mapping 1
i. 3 1 1 1 1
ii. 3 1 1 1 1
iii. 3 1 1 1 1
iv. 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
v. 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
vi. 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1
vii 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2

A3MET416 AUTOMATION IN MANUFACTURING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET417 MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction: Definition, Multidisciplinary Scenario, Evolution of Mechatronics, Design of
Mechatronics system, Design considerations and tradeoffs. Objectives, advantages and
disadvantages of Mechatronics. Intelligent machine Vs Automatic machine economic and
social justification.
Transducers and Sensor interfacing: Definition and classification of transducers,
Difference between transducer and sensor, Definition and classification of sensors. Analog
and digital sensors for motion measurement, digital transducers, human-Machine and
machine- Machine inter facing devices and strategy.

UNIT II
Actuators and feedback components:
Mechanical actuators: Mechanical systems, types of motion, mechanical aspects of motor
selection. Electrical actuators: Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, DC/AC Motors,
Principle of Stepper Motors & servomotors. Pneumatic and hydraulic actuation systems
Emerging Smart Materials for Mechatronic Applications: Introduction to Smart
materials and their application for sensing and actuation, Mechatronics aspects. Introduction
to Piezoelectric materials, Shape memory alloys (SMA), Electro-active polymers (EAPs), and
Magnetostrictive materials.

UNIT III
Signal Conditioning: Introduction – Hardware - Digital I/O, Analog input – ADC,
resolution, sped channels, Digital Signal Processing – Low pass , high pass , notch filtering
Microprocessor & Microcontrollers: Introduction, Microprocessor systems, Basic elements
of control systems, Microcontrollers, Difference between Microprocessor and
Microcontrollers. Microprocessor architecture and terminology.
Automation and Robotics: Automaton and its types, Robot anatomy - Definition, History
and Terminology of Robotics, work volume, Function line diagram representation of robot
arms, types of joints. Components of a robot, Robot Classifications by control system and
coordinate system.

UNIT IV
End Effectors: Types of End effector, Grippers: Mechanical grippers-Magnetic grippers-
Vacuum grippers-Air operated grippers-Special grippers, Gripper force analysis, Gripper
design considerations-Simple problems.
Robot transformation: 2D, 3D Transformation-Scaling, Rotation, and Translation-
Homogeneous coordinates, Specifications of matrices, multiple transformations.
UNIT V
Manipulator kinematics: D-H notation, D-H algorithm, kinematic relation between adjacent
links, Forward kinematics -problems.
Trajectory Planning: Terminology involved in trajectory planning, joint and Cartesian
space system. Simple problems to find position, velocity and acceleration.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nitaigour Premchand Mahalik, Mechatronics-Principles, Concepts and Applications, Tata
McGraw Hill 2017.
2. Mittal R K & Nagrath I J, Robotics and Control, Tata McGraw-Hill Education 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Richard D. Klafter, Thomas .A, ChriElewski, Michael Negin, Robotics Engineering an
Integrated Approach, Prentice Hall India learning pvt. Ltd. 1993.
2. William Bolton, Mechatronics, Pearson Education 2015.
3. Craig. J. J., Introduction to Robotics mechanics and control, Addison- Wesley 1989.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course the student should be able to
i. Understand various sensors, transducers and actuators used.
ii. Selection of proper sensors, transducers and actuators according to the application.
iii. Explain various system models and controllers.
iv. Design a manipulator with proper selection of controller.
v. Understand end effector and their mapping techniques.
vi. Evaluate end effector positions, velocities and accelerations.
vii. Apply technological knowledge for the development of new automation products.

A3MET417 MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 2 1 1 1 1
ii 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2
iii 2 1 1 2 1
iv 3 3 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 3 2 3 2
v 2 1 1 2 1 2 1
vi 2 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 2
vii 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 2

A3MET417 MECHATRONIC SYSTEMS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET418 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction to Non-Destructive Testing: Introduction to NDT, Need of NDT, Advantages,
Disadvantages and Applications. Radiography Testing: Radiographic test, Sources of X and
Gamma Rays and their interaction with Matter, Radiographic equipment, Radiographic
Techniques, Safety Aspects of Industrial Radiography.

UNIT II
Ultrasonic test: Principle of Wave Propagation, Reflection, Refraction, Diffraction, Mode
Conversion and Attenuation, Sound Field, Piezo-electric Effect , Ultrasonic Transducers and
their Characteristics, Ultrasonic Equipment and Variables Affecting Ultrasonic Test,
Ultrasonic Testing, Interpretations and Guidelines for Acceptance, Rejection - Effectiveness
and Limitations of Ultrasonic Testing.

UNIT III
Liquid Penetrant Test: Liquid Penetrant Test, Basic Concepts, Liquid Penetrant System,
Test Procedure, Effectiveness and Limitations of Liquid Penetrant Testing.
Eddy Current Test: Principle of Eddy Current, Eddy Current Test System, Applications of
Eddy Current-Testing Effectiveness of Eddy Current Testing.
Magnetic Particle Test: Magnetic Materials, Magnetization of Materials, Demagnetization
of Materials, Principle of Magnetic Particle Test, Magnetic Particle Test Equipment,
Magnetic Particle Test Procedure, Standardization and Calibration, Interpretation and
Evaluation, Effective Applications and Limitations of the Magnetic Particle Test.

UNIT IV
Infrared and thermal Testing: Introduction and fundamentals to infrared and thermal
testing–Heat transfer –Active and passive techniques –Lock in and pulse thermography–
Contact and non contact thermal inspection methods–Heat sensitive paints –Heat sensitive
papers –-thermally quenched phosphors liquid crystals –techniques for applying liquid
crystals –other temperature sensitive coatings –Inspection methods –Infrared radiation and
infrared detectors–thermo mechanical behavior of materials–IR imaging in aerospace
applications, electronic components, Honey comb and sandwich structures–Case studies.

UNIT V
Computer Tomography: Introduction to CT, Principle of CT, Test procedure, CT test
equipment, Advantages, limitations and applications.

Industrial Applications of NDE: Case studies on NDE Activities of Railways, Nuclear,

Non-nuclear and Chemical Industries, Aircraft and Aerospace Industries, Automotive
Industries, Offshore Gas and Petroleum Projects, Coal Mining Industry, NDE of pressure
vessels, castings, welded and forging constructions
 TEXT BOOKS:
1. J Prasad, GCK Nair , Non destructive test and evaluation of Materials, Tata mcgraw-
Hill Education Publishers, 2008.
2. X. P. V. Maldague, Non destructive evaluation of materials by infrared thermography,
1/e, Springer-Verlag, 1993.
REFERENCES:
1. Gary L. Workman, Patrick O. Moore, Doron Kishoni, Non-destructive, Hand Book,
Ultrasonic Testing, 3/e, Amer Society for Nondestructive, 2007.
2. Josef Krautkrämer, Herbert Krautkrämer, Ultrasonic testing of materials, 3/e,
Springer-Verlag, 1983.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Student will be able to
i. Have a basic knowledge of NDT techniques and its use in the industry.
ii. Have a basic knowledge on radiography testing and to evaluate the imperfections with
proper safety precautions.
iii. Have a basic knowledge on ultrasonic testing and to evaluate the imperfections of the
component.
iv. Have a basic knowledge on how to select a testing procedure for surface defects by
liquid penetration testing, eddy current testing and magnetic particle testing.
v. Understand the need and use of advanced techniques in the industries.
vi. Have a basic knowledge on CT scan and use of different NDT techniques in different
applications.
vii. Suggest a suitable type of NDT technique to the variety of defects.

A3MET418 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2
i 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
ii 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
iii 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
iv 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
v 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
vi 3 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 3 3
vii 3 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 3 3

A3MET418 NON DESTRUCTIVE TESTING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET419 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING 3 0 0 3
Total number of contact hours: 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Coal based thermal power plants: basic Rankine cycle and its modifications, layout of modern coal
power plant, super critical boilers, FBC boilers, turbines, condensers, steam and heating rates,
subsystems of thermal power plants, fuel and ash handling, draught system, feed water treatment,
binary cycles and cogeneration systems.

UNIT II
Gas turbine and combined cycle power plants: Brayton cycle analysis and optimization, types of
gas turbine plant, components of gas turbine power plants, Gas turbine fuels and materials,
Governing, combined cycle power plants (Gas turbine – Steam, MHD -Steam), Integrated Gasifier
based Combined Cycle (IGCC) systems.

UNIT III
Nuclear power plant: Basics of nuclear energy conversion, Layout and subsystems of nuclear power
plants, Boiling Water Reactor (BWR), Pressurized Water Reactor (PWR), CANDU Reactor,
Pressurized Heavy Water Reactor (PHWR), Fast Breeder Reactors (FBR), gas cooled and liquid metal
cooled reactors, safety measures for nuclear power plants. Hydroelectric power plants: Hydrology,
Hydrological cycle and Hydrographs, Flow duration and mass curves, Selection of site, classification,
typical layout and components, Run-off river plants with /without pondage, Pump storage plants .
.

UNIT IV
Methods of power generation: principles of wind, tidal, solar PV and solar thermal, geothermal,
MHD, biogas and fuel cell power systems.

UNIT V
Design of plant capacity and selection of types of generation, Power plant Economics: Energy,
economic and environmental issues, power tariffs, load distribution parameters, load curve, capital
and operating cost of different power plants, pollution control technologies including waste disposal
options for coal and nuclear plants, Noise pollution, Air and water pollution by thermal power plant.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nag P.K., Power Plant Engineering, 3rd edition, 2008, Tata McGraw Hill.
2. El Wakil M.M., Power Plant Technology, Indian edition, 2017, Tata McGraw Hill.

Reference Books:
1. Elliot T.C., Chen K and Swanekamp R.C., Power Plant Engineering, 2nd edition,
1998 McGraw Hill.
2. R. K. Hegde, Power Plant engineering, 2015, Pearson publications.
3. [Link], Power Plant engineering, 4th edition, 2015, Laxmi publications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to
i. Explain different subsystems of steam power plant.
ii. Illustrate the importance of combined cycle power plant.
iii. Demonstrate different nuclear reactors used for nuclear power generation.
iv. Relate the need of hydroelectric power generation.
v. Analyze the working of various non-conventional power generations.
vi. Perform cost analysis and economics of the plant.
vii. Select the suitable power generation system.

A3MET419 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO PSO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PS02
mapping 1
i. 1 1 1
ii. 1 1 1
iii. 1 1 1
iv. 1 1 1 1 1 2
v. 3 1 2 1 1 1
vi. 3 2 1 1
vii. 2 1 1 1

A3MET419 POWER PLANT ENGINEERING

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET420 SIX SIGMA 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48
SYLLABUS
UNIT I INTRODUCTION:
Introduction & History to Six Sigma, Process of Six Sigma, List of DMAIC Tools, Six Sigma Terms,
Sigma Level Chart, Six Sigma And Quality, Lean Principles, Lean Process, Theory of Constraints,
Design For Six Sigma, Processes for DFSS, DFSS Tools Failure Modes And Effects Analysis, FMEA
Table.

UNIT II DEFINE:
Process Elements, SIP Output Interaction, Owners And Stakeholders, Effects Of Process Failure On
Stakeholders, Importance And Relevance Of Stakeholder Analysis, Key Elements Of Data Collection
Tools, Quality Function Deployment, Project Planning Tools, Pareto and Gantt Chart, Management
and Planning Tools, Types of Matrices, Process Capability, Team Dynamics And Performance

UNIT III MEASURE:

Process Analysis and Documentation, Process Modeling & Mapping, Process Input And Output
Variables, Basic Properties of Probability, Central Limit Theorem, Statistical Distributions, Discrete
Probability Distribution, Binomial Distribution, Poisson Distribution, Normal Distribution, Z Table,
Chi Square Distribution, T Distribution, F Distribution, Descriptive Statistics Measures, Graphical
Methods, Process and Performance Capability, Identifying Characteristics, Process Performance
Indices

ANALYZE:
Data Analysis, Concepts of Regression, Simple Linear Regression (SLR), Least Squares Method,
Multiple Linear Regression, Hypothesis Testing, Paired Comparison Hypothesis Test For Means,
Hypothesis Test For Equality Of Variance F Test, Hypothesis Tests F Test for Independent Groups, F
Test Assumptions, F Test Interpretations, Hypothesis Tests T Test For Independent Groups, Sample T
Test, Paired T Test, Anova Comparison Of More Than Two Means, Chi Square Distribution

UNIT 4IMPROVE:

Design Of Experiments, Repetition Vs Replication, Randomization, Root Cause Analysis, Process

Input And Output Variables, Cause And Effect Matrix Steps To Update, Cause And Effect Diagram,
The 5 Why Technique and process, Lean Tools, Lean Techniques, Cycle Time Reduction, Kaizen
And Kaizen Blitz – Introduction, Kaizen And Kaizen Blitz Differences

UNIT 5CONTROL:

Statistical Process Control, Rational Subgrouping, Control Charts and Analysis, X Bar Chart
Principles, Defining UCL and LCL in X Bar And R Chart, Defining UCL and LCL in X Bar and S
Chart, Principles of other charts, Control Plan Strategy, Identifying KPIs, Control Plan Tools,
Developing a Control Plan, Total Productive Maintenance, Elements Of TPM, Visual Factory.

Text books & Reference books:

1. The Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook (3e) by Donald, [Link], [Link], ASQ
International.
2. ―The New Six Sigma: A Leader‘s Guide to Achieving Rapid Business Improvement
and Sustainable Results‖ by Matt Barney and Tom McCarty
3. ―Six Sigma Pocket Guide‖ ([Link]/rs/)
4. ―The Six Sigma Memory Jogger II‖ ([Link])
 5. ―What Is Six Sigma?‖ by Peter S. Pande and Lawrence Holpp
6. ―Sailing Through Six Sigma‖ by Michael Brassard and Diane Ritter
([Link])
7. ―Lean Thinking‖ by James P. Womack and Daniel T. Jones
8. ―Six Sigma for Everyone‖ by George Eckes ([Link])

COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon completion of the course students will be able to
i. To understand issues & challenges in implementing six sigma methodologies for
improving organizational performance
ii. To demonstrate the tools and techniques that are required in assisting the company‘s
Six Sigma projects
iii. Apply lean techniques to bring competitive business culture for improving
organization performance
iv. To Determine how to link six sigma projects to strategies
v. To define customer expectations and needs and also Recognize attributes of good
metrics
vi. Analyze how six sigma can create value generation for organization
vii. Analyze how six sigma can be applied to manufacturing & service industry

A3MET420 SIX SIGMA

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
ii 2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2
iii 3 2
iv 3 3
v 3 2 3 3 3 2
vi 3 3 3 2 3
vii 3 3 3 3 3

A3MET420 SIX SIGMA

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C

A3MET421 PRODUCT LIFECYCLE MANAGEMENT 3 - - 3

INITIATIVE
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I (Introduction)
Product Lifecycle Management
P, L, and M of PLM; Scope; Paradigm; Benefits; Overcoming problems, enabling
opportunities
PLM & its environment
Issues with departmental paradigm; Product data issues; a complex and changing
environment; product pains; product opportunities

UNIT II (Products and business processes)

Products
Product importance, range, instance; identifier; requirements; product structure and
architecture; causes of product problems
Business processes
Introduction; documenting process; process reality in a typical company; business process
activities in the PLM initiative; learning from experience

UNIT III (Product data and its management)

Definitions & introduction
Relevance of product data in PLM; Definitions; Product data across the lifecycle &
organizing product data; Product data as a strategic resource; data model diagrams
Product data activities
Generic issues with product data, a generic vision for product data in PLM; Product data
activities in the PLM initiative; Product data migration; Top management role with Product
data
PDM systems
Relevance of PDM systems; names and acronyms; PDM system overview; Importance;
benefits
Components and implementation issues of PDM systems
Eight components; Common issues; Customization and installation; Guidelines for PDM
system implementation; opportunities with IoT, big data & Industry 4.0

UNIT IV (Applications)
PLM Applications
Relevance of PLM applications; Introduction; Generic PLM applications; Specific PLM
applications; organizing the applications
Application activities and selection
Reality in a typical company; Application activities in the PLM initiative; Best practice PDM
system selection; PDM system requirements; Learning from experience
UNIT V (PLM Initiative)
PLM Initiative
OCM activities; Project management activities; Executive roles; Objectives, vision, strategy;
Approaches to PLM initiative
PLM in industry – Case studies
Alfa Lavel‘s OnePLM; PDM implementation in an Electronics Industry/Automobile Industry/
Engineering Industry/ Aerospace Industry

TEXT BOOKS:
1. John Stark, Product Lifecycle Management (Volume 1), 21st Century Paradigm for
Product Realisation, Fourth Edition, Springer publications, 2020
2. Antti Saaksvuori, Anselmi Immonen, Product Life Cycle Management – Third
edition, Springer publications, 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Grieves, Michael, Product Lifecycle Management, Driving the next generation of lean
thinking, McGraw-Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 2006
2. Kari Ulrich and Steven D. Eppinger, Product Design & Development, McGraw-Hill
Publishing Co. Ltd., 1999

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of the course student will be able to
i. Know the shift from the traditional departmental paradigm to PLM paradigm in a complex
changing environment due to globalization
ii. Give a basic introduction to products and related business processes in a company's PLM
environment and PLM initiative.
iii. Through insight on product data and its activities in PLM environment
iv. Explore various PDM systems, their components in the era of industry 4.0 and also their
implementation issues
v. Explore PLM applications, their activities and selection
vi. Understand the activities and approaches to initiate PLM in a company along with latest case
studies of different industry types.
vii. Understand the need for managing the complex changing product data and get benefited by
initiating PLM environment at various key manufacturing industries.
 A3MET421 PRODUCT LIFECYCLE MANAGEMENT INITIATIVE
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

1. 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 2
2. 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 2
3. 3 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 3 2
4. 3 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 3
5. 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3
6. 3 3 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 3
7. 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 2 3 3

A3MET421 PRODUCT LIFECYCLE MANAGEMENT INITIATIVE

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET422 PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction - Process Planning- methods of process planning, drawing interpretation, material
evaluation, steps in process selection, production equipment and tooling selection.
UNIT II
Process planning- Activities- process parameter calculation for various production processes,
selection of jigs and fixtures, selection of quality assurance methods, documents for process planning,
economics of process planning, case studies.
UNIT III
Cost estimation-Introduction to cost estimation- importance of costing and estimation, methods of
costing, elements of cost estimation, types of estimates
Estimating procedure, estimation of labor cost, material cost, allocation of overhead charges,
calculation of depreciation cost.
UNIT IV
Machining time estimation- importance of machine time calculation, machining time for different
lathe operations, drilling and boring time calculations, Machining time calculation for Milling,
Shaping, Planing and Grinding.
UNIT V
Production costs- different production processes for different jobs, estimation of forging cost,
estimation of welding cost, estimation of foundry cost, estimation of machining cost.

TEXT BOOKS:-
1. Peter Scalon, Process Planning, Design/ Manufacture Interface, Elsevier Sci. & Tech. 2002.
2. Ostwaal P.F. and Munez J., Manufacturing Processes and Systems, 9th ed., John Wiley 1998
3. Chitale A.V. and Gupta R.C., Product Design and Manufacturing, 2nd ed., Prentice Hall
2002.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Inventory control theory and practice/Martin [Link] and David [Link], Prentice-Hall
2. Production planning and control, Mukhopadyay,PHI.
3. Production control/Moore, McGraw-Hill.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Upon the completion of this course the students will be able to
i. Identify process planning and process parameter calculation for various production processes
ii. Know about the concept of cost estimation and estimation of labor cost
iii. Identify job order cost for different type of shop floor and know about the machining time for
various machining operations.
iv. Understand how to select the process, equipment and tools for various industrial products and
prepare process planning activity chart.
v. Explain the concept of cost estimation and calculate labor cost
vi. Compute the job order cost for different type of shop floor and calculate the machining time
for various machining operations.
vii. Apply process planning and cost estimation methods to compute job order cost and machining
time for various machining processes.
A3MET422 PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION
Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO PS PS

mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 O1 O2

i 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 1 1 2 3
ii 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2
iii 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
iv 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
v 1 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1
vi 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2
vii 3 3 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 2 1 3 3

A3MET422 PROCESS PLANNING AND COST ESTIMATION

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET423 RENEWABLE ENERGY RESOURCES 3 0 0 3
Total Contact Hours -48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Principles Of Solar Radiation: Role and potential of new and renewable sources, the solar energy
option, Environmental impact of solar power, physics of the sun, the solar constant, extraterrestrial
and terrestrial solar radiation, solar radiation on tilted surface, instruments for measuring solar
radiation and sunshine recorder.
Solar Energy Collection: Flat plate and concentrating collectors, classification of concentrating
collectors, working principles, advanced collectors.
UNITII
Solar Energy Storage And Applications: Different methods, Sensible, latent heat and stratified
storage, solar ponds. Solar Applications- solar heating/cooling technique, solar distillation and drying,
solar water heater, solar pump, solar cooker and photovoltaic energy conversion
UNITIII
Wind Energy:Sources and potentials, horizontal and vertical axis windmills, performance
characteristics, Betz criteria
Geothermal Energy: Resources, types of wells, methods of harnessing the energy, potential in India.
UNITIV
Bio-Mass: Principles of Bio-Conversion, Anaerobic/aerobic digestion, types of Biogas digesters, gas
yield, combustion characteristics of biogas, utilization for cooking, [Link] operation and
economic aspects.
UNITV
Ocean Energy: OTEC, Principles utilization, setting of OTEC plants, thermodynamic cycles. Tidal
and wave energy: Potential and conversion techniques, mini-hydel power plants, and their economics.
Thermo-electric generators, seebeck, peltier and Joule Thomson effects, Figure of merit, materials,
applications, MHD generators.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Sukhatme, S.P. Solar Energy . India: Tata Mc-Graw Hill; 2008.
2. Tiwari , G.N, Ghosal, M.K. Renewable Energy Resources. India: Narosa Publishing House; 2004.
3. Rai, G.D. Non Conventional Energy Sources. India: Khanna; 1998.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. John Twidell, Tony Weir . Renewable Energy Resources: Routledge; 2015.
2. D yogi goswami, Frank kreith , Jan f kreider . Principles of Solar Engineering; 2000.
3. R Ramesh. Renewable Energy Technologies. New Delhi, India: Narosa Publishing House; 1997.
4. Ashok v desai. Non Conventional Energy: New Age International (P) Limited; 2011.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the students will be able to

i. State different methods of measurement and collection of solar radiation.

ii. List out different methods for harnessing wind energy and geothermal energy.
iii. Identify different sources of biomass and its potential for power generation
iv. Describe methods of power generation from wind and geothermal sources.
v. Explain different methods of storage of solar energy and state its applications.
vi. Explain the working principles of TIDAL power plants and MHD generators.
vii. Demonstrate different non conventional energy harnessing methods and interpret its merits
and demerits

A3MET423 RENEWABLE ENERGY RESOURCES

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
i. 3 1 1 1
ii. 3 1 1 1
iii. 3 1 1 1
iv. 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
v. 3 2 1 1 1 2 1 1
vi. 3 2 1 1 1 1
vii. 3 1 1 1 1

A3MET423 RENEWABLE ENERGY RESOURCES

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MET424 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
Total number of contact hours - (48 lecture hours)

COURSE DESCRIPTION:
This course is designed to understand and determine the impact of quality on profitability. It
introduces the main principles of business to generate knowledge and skills to the student to
implement the quality management methodology and models in the business and different sectors.
Also it gives a fundamental idea of adopting TQM as a business strategy and accomplishment of
cultural transformation which is necessary for its successful implementation.

PREREQUISITES OF THE COURSE: Industrial Engineering & Management

SYLLABUS

UNIT I

Introduction: Introduction – Need and evolution of Quality, Definitions of Quality, Dimensions of

product and service quality, Total Quality Management – Framework, benefits, awareness and
obstacles, Quality – vision, mission and policy statements. Customer Focus – customer perception of
quality, Translating needs into requirements, Customer Satisfaction, Customer Complaints customer
retention.

UNIT II

Quality Planning, Quality costs – Analysis, Techniques for Quality costs, Cost of quality. Taguchi
techniques – introduction, loss function, parameter and tolerance design, Signal to noise ratio.
Quality council, Quality statements, Strategic Planning & implementation, Characteristics of a
successful quality leader, Deming Philosophy, Contributions of Gurus of TQM, Case studies.

UNIT III

TQM Principles: Concepts of Quality circle, Japanese 5S principles and 8D methodology, Meaning
and significance of statistical process control (SPC) – construction of control charts for variables and
attributes. Process capability – meaning, significance and measurement, Product life characteristics
curve.

Employee Involvement – Motivation, Empowerment teams, Continuous Process Improvement – Juran

Trilogy, PDSA Cycle, Kaizen, Supplier Partnership – Partnering, sourcing, Supplier Selection,
Supplier Rating, Relationship Development, Performance Measures – Basic Concepts, Strategy,
Performance Measure Case studies

UNIT IV
TQM Tools: Benchmarking – Reasons to Benchmark, Benchmarking Process, Total productive
maintenance (TPM) – needs & relevance to TQM, House of quality (HOQ), building a HOQ, QFD
Process, Failure mode effect analysis (FMEA) – requirements of reliability, failure rate, FMEA
stages, design, process and documentation. The seven old (statistical) tools. Seven new management
tools. Process capability, Case studies

UNIT V
Quality Systems: Need for ISO 9000 and Other Quality Systems, ISO 9000: 2000 Quality System –
Elements, Implementation of Quality System, Documentation, IS/ISO 9004:2000 – guidelines for
performance improvements, Quality Auditing, QS 9000, ISO 14000 – Concept, Requirements and
Benefits, Case Studies, Introduction to software quality
TEXT BOOKS

1. Dale [Link] et al, Total Quality Management, Third edition, Pearson

Education.
2. Rose ,J.E., ―Total Quality Management ―,Third Edition, CRC Press, 2017
3. Shridhara Bhat K, Total Quality Management – Text and Cases, Himalaya Publishing
House, First Edition.
4. Subburaj Ramaswamy, Total Quality Management, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing
Company Ltd., 2005
5. Suganthi.L and Anand Samuel, ―Total Quality Management‖, Prentice Hall (India)
Pvt. Ltd., 2006.

REFERENCES

1. Juran, J.M. & Gryna, F.M., ―Quality Control Handbook‖, Prentice Hall publications.
2. James R. Evans and William M. Lindsay, ―The Management and Control of Quality‖,
8th Edition, First Indian Edition, Cengage Learning, 2012.
3. Janakiraman. B and Gopal .R.K., ―Total Quality Management – Text and Cases‖,
Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006
4. Narayana V and Srinivasan N.S, Quality Management – Concepts and Tasks, New
Age International, 1996
5. Robert L. Flood, Beyond TQM, First Edition, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, 1993
6. Richard S. Leavenworth & Eugene Lodewick Grant, Statistical Quality Control,
Seventh Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2015
7. Samuel Ho , TQM – An Integrated Approach, Kogan Page Ltd, USA, 1995

COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course Student will be able to
i) Develop an understanding on quality Management philosophies and frameworks
ii) Apply the tools and techniques of quality management to manufacturing and
services processes
iii) Adopt TQM methodologies for continuous improvement of quality
iv) Measure the cost of poor quality, process effectiveness and efficiency and to identify
areas for improvement
v) Evaluate performance excellence of an organization by determining the set of indications
vi) Apply benchmarking to improve management processes.
vii) Understand about ISO standards, types and documentation process
 Mapping of Cos and POs
A3MET424 :TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
Course Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO/ PSO P P
PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO PSO
mapping O O PSO2
1 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 1
2 3
i. 2 3 2 2 2 2
ii. 2 3 3 3 3 3
iii. 2 3 2 3 2 3 3 3
iv. 3 3 2 3 2 2 3 3 2
v. 3 2 3 2 3
vi 1 3 2 2
vii 1 1 3 3 3 3 2 2

A3MET424 :TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VII L T P C
A3MEL305 MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS Laboratory - - 2 1
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS

Manufacturing Systems Lab

List of Experiments

1. Facing on stock material using Horizontal center.

2. Chamfering on stock material using Horizontal Center.
3. Plain Turning on stock material using Horizontal Center.
4. Step Turning on stock material using Horizontal Center.
5. Internal profile generation using Horizontal center.
6. Profile generation (Stock material removal) using Horizontal Center.
7. Facing on stock material using Vertical Center.
8. Rectangle pocketing (End milling cutter) using Vertical Center.
9. Circular pocketing (End milling cutter) using Vertical Center.
10. Tapping & hole making using Vertical center.
11. Profile generation using Vertical Center.

COURSE OUTCOME:
Student will be able to
viii. Explain the working principles of NC and CNC machines and different types of tools and tool
holders.
ix. Classify different types of NC, CNC machines and components.
x. Write the part program of various machining operations.
xi. Describe the importance of Group Technology.
xii. Identify different Lean tools to eliminate industrial waste.
xiii. Understand the concepts of agility through manufacturing strategy and competitive drivers.
xiv. Apply different manufacturing strategies to improve productivity.
 A3MEL305 MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS Laboratory
Course
designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
viii. 3 2 3 1 1 2
ix. 3 2 2 2 1 1 2
x. 3 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 1
xi. 3 2 2 3 2 3 2
xii. 3 1 1 2
xiii. 3 2 1
xiv. 3 2 1 3 2 2 1 2 1 2 3 2

A3MEL305 MANUFACTURING SYSTEMS

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 SEMESTER-VIII L T P C
A3MET507 Waste Heat Recovery and Co-generation 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Source and utilization of waste heat, thermodynamic analysis - Second law and waste heat, Recovery
of waste heat engines and other power plants -Heat pump for waste heat recovery.

UNIT II
Waste heat recovery system-heat exchanger-gas-to-gas, gas-to-liquid and liquid-to-liquid heat
recovery systems; Recuperators and regenerators, heat pipes.
UNIT III
Waste heat boilers: classification, design considerations, sizing, location, performance calculations,
service conditions. Heat pumps - types, design
Cogeneration principles and thermodynamics power cycle analysis, combined for power generation,
HRSG, combined cycle power plant and process heat.
UNIT IV
Applications of Cogeneration, Applications in the utility sector, sugar mills, rice mills, textile
factories, and other process and engineering industries.
UNIT V
Cost Analysis of Cogeneration Systems: Financial considerations, operating and maintenance cost,
investment costs of waste heat recovery and cogeneration system, environmental and air quality
consideration.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Khartchenko N.V. Green Power: Eco-Friendly Energy Engineering, Tech Books, New Delhi,
2004.
2. Boyce M.P. Cogeneration and Combined Cycle Power Plants, ASME Press, 2nd ed., 2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Meckler, M., Hyman L.B. Sustainable On-Site CHP Systems, McGraw-Hill, 2010.
2. Harvey D.L. Handbook on Low-Energy Buildings and District-Energy Systems, Earthscan,2006.
3. Pehnt M. et al. Micro Cogeneration, Springer, 2005.
4. Goldstick R., [Link]., " Principles of Waste Heat Recovery ", (1986), The Fairment Press, Inc.,
Georgia.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
i. Able to identify the need of waste heat recovery and state different types of heat recovery
systems.
ii. Able to demonstrate the working of co-generation and combined cycle power plant
iii. Able to state different applications of cogeneration and cost analysis methods
iv. Able to analyse thermodynamically different heat recovery systems
v. Able to design HRSG/Combined cycle power plant
vi. Able to calculate the operating and maintenance costs of heat recovery systems
vii. Able to apply the principles of waste heat recovery/cogeneration concepts to industrial
applications.
 A3MET507 Waste Heat Recovery and Co-generation
Course Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO 1 PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
mapping 2 O1 O2
i. 3 1 1
ii. 3 1 1
iii. 3 1 1 1
iv. 3 1 1 2
v. 3 1 3 2 2 1
vi. 3 1 1 2 1 2
vii 3 1 3 2 2 2 3

A3MET507 Waste Heat Recovery and Co-generation

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 Semester - VIII L T P C
A3MET508 Introduction to Nanotechnology 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Single crystal, polycrystal and a nanocrystal- Nano in nature- Significance of nanostructures-- Present
and future applications of nanomaterials - Classification of nanomaterials - magic numbers-
Electronic and structural magic numbers - bulk to nanotransition- Size dependent property changes-
Factors leading to changes-Surface to volume ratio and quantum confinement-Surface energy-
Interatomic and intermolecular forces- -Forces acting between nanoparticles- van der Waals forces-
hydrphobic and hydrophilic forces- agglomeration of nanoparticles-stabilization of nanoparticles.
UNIT II
Mechanical properties, Electrical properties, dielectric properties, thermal properties, magnetic
properties, opto properties. Effect of size reduction on properties, electronic structure of nano
materials.
UNIT III
Bottom-up and top down approaches- Inert gas condensation- Ball milling and Sol–gel - lithographic
techniques- Particle size determination- XRD- laser diffraction- SEM, TEM, Raman, Infrared
spectroscopies, AFM and contact angle measurement and porosimeter –phase transitions in nano
systems- Inverse-Hall-Patch behavior.

Metallic nanoparticles, Cu, Ag, Au, Pd, Rh ,Modulus and hardness, melting point depression,
catalytic, antifungal and antibacterial properties, chemical sensors, CeO2- fuel efficiency – magnetic
nanoparticles - solar cell applications- biomarkers, anticancer drug - Metal oxide nano particles- nano
polyemers and composites- super hydrophobicity hydrogen storage , - fabrication, structure, electrical
, vibrational and mechanical properties , applications in field emission- computers, mechanical
reinforcement- Nanocoatings - TiO2 and ZrO2 and Al2O3 – nanoceramic coating for biomedical
implants-Thin films – Electrophoretic deposition, PVD, CVD and ALD.
UNIT IV
Discovery of C60 and other fullerenes, carbon nanotubes, Energy levels- Synthesis of CNT and
purification, structure, electrical , and mechanical properties, Energy levels applications in field
emission, computers, fuel cells, chemical sensors, catalysis, mechanical reinforcement-graphene,
preparation and applications.
UNIT V
Micro electromechanical systems- (MEMS) – Nano electromechanical systems (NEMS), Fabrication-
nano devices and nanomachines, molecular and supramolecular switches. Nano tribology.

TEXT BOOKS:
1. Charles P. Poole, Frank J. Owens, (2000), Introduction to Nanotechnology, John Wiley & Sons.
2. Nanomaterials: Synthesis, properties and applications [Link], [Link] and [Link],
Springer-Verlag ( 2007).
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Nanocrystalline materials,Glieter, Progress in Materials Science Vol. 33, pp. 223- 315, 1989
2. Mechanical alloying and milling, C. Suryanarayana, Progress in Materials Science 46 (2001)
1,184
3. Guozhong Cao, Nanostructures and nanomaterials , Imperial college press , 2003
4. [Link] ; Encyclopedia of nanoscience and nanotechnology. American Scientific publishers
5. T. Pradeep, Nano: The Essentials Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, New Delhi,
2007, reprinted 2008, 2009 & 2010, McGraw Hill Education, New Delhi 2008.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Student will be able to
i. Define nano materials and their properties
ii. List various methods that synthesize nano materials and importance of metallic nanoparticles
iii. Identify different methods used to synthesis of CNTs, their properties and fabrication of
MEMS & NEMS
iv. Identify the significance of nano materials and differentiate with other materials
v. Explain various methods that synthesize nano materials and importance of metallic
nanoparticles
vi. Discuss about synthesis of CNTs, their properties and fabrication of MEMS & NEMS
vii. Demonstrate the use of nanomaterials/fabrication methods, MEMS / NEMS devices for
various applications

A3MET508 Introduction to Nanotechnology

Course Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO 1 PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
mapping 2 O1 O2
i. 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3
ii. 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3
iii. 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3
iv. 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3
v. 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3
vi. 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3
vii 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 3

A3MET508 Introduction to Nanotechnology

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 Semester - VIII L T P C
A3MET509 Material Characterization Techniques 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Introduction: Scope of the subject MCT, Classification of different techniques, Macro and Micro
characterization, Defects in materials.
UNIT II
Bulk average techniques, Thermal analysis, DTA, DSC, TGA, Dilatometry, Resistivity/conductivity
UNIT III
Optical and X-ray spectroscopy, Atomic absorption spectroscopy, IR spectrometry, Raman
spectrometry.
UNIT IV
Metallographic techniques, Optical metallography, Image analysis, Quantitative phase estimation.
UNIT V
Diffraction methods, X-ray diffraction -crystal systems and space groups, Bravice lattices, direct and
reciprocal lattice, Brag law, powder diffraction and phase identification, single crystal diffraction,
structure factor, X-ray crystal structure determination.
UNIT VI
Electron optical methods, SEM principle and working, Different detectors used in SEM in detail,
image formation in the SEM and applications.
TEXT & REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Non-destructive test and evaluation of Materials by J Prasad, GCK Nair, TMH Publishers.
2. Ultrasonic testing by Krautkramer. J, & Krautkramer. H, Springer Berlin Heidelberg.
3. Non-destructive testing by Warress, JMc Gonmade.
COURSE OUTCOMES
Student able to
i. Illustrate the importance of different characterization techniques and underlying principles
ii. Evaluating the thermodynamic properties of a material by characterization facilities like thermal
analysis and gravimetric analysis
iii. Compare the working principle of X-ray and IR spectroscopy.
iv. Measure the properties of material using Spectroscopies.
v. Describe the properties and behavior of x-rays and their use in materials characterization.
vi. Classify the different types of electron microscopy techniques.
vii. Apply appropriate characterization techniques to investigate thermal, mechanical properties and
microstructure of materials.
 A3MET509 Material Characterization Techniques
Course Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO 1 PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
mapping 2 O1 O2
i. 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3
ii. 3 3 3 2 3 3 1 1 1
iii. 3 2 2 1 1 1
iv. 3 2 2 1 1 1 2 2
v. 3 3 2 1 1
vi. 3 2 2 3 3 1 1
vii 3 2 1 2 1 1 3 2 2

A3MET509 Material Characterization Techniques

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 Semester - VIII L T P C
A3MET510 Project Management 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT-I
INTRODUCTION TO PROJECT:
Concept of a Project – Meaning, classification, Characteristic features – Project considerations,
Project Management – tools and techniques for project management – role of project Managers,
Projects in Contemporary Organization
Project Initiation: Strategic Management, Project Selection & Evaluation- organization and project
considerations, Risk Management, Portfolio Process- project portfolio management system
UNIT-II
Project Organization:
Organizational concepts in PM, Project feasibility studies, project life cycle, project constraints,
Project Planning: Systems integration, WBS & Responsibility Charts, Interface Coordination,
Conflict and Negotiation in PM
UNIT-III
Project evaluation under certainty: Net Present Value, Benefit cost ratio, internal rate of return,
payback period, urgency, accounting rate of return, Estimating Project Budgets, Improving Cost
Estimation Process
Project evaluation under uncertainty: Methodology, commercial vs. National profitability,
commercial or national profitability, social profitability
Information Needs & Reporting Process, Earned Value Analysis, Computerized PMIS, Project
Control process: Need for Project Control, control issues, Types, Design of
ControlSystems,ControlofCreativeActivities,Monitoring&InformationSystem,Planning-Monitoring-
Controlling
UNIT-IV
Project Implementation: Scheduling: Background, Network Techniques: PERT & CPM, Risk
Analysis, Resource Allocation: Crashing a Project, Resource Allocation, Resource Loading &
Levelling, Constrained Resource Scheduling, Multi- project Scheduling & Resource Allocation,
Goldratt‘s Critical Chain
UNIT-V
Project Termination: Project Auditing: System Goals &Project Audit, Audit Report, Project Audit
Life Cycle, Project Termination, Varieties of Project Termination, Termination Process, Final Report,
Project Completion, Review and Future Directions, Introduction to software project management-
SAP-PS modules-Components
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Clifford F. Gray and Erik W. Larson, Project management – The Managerial Process (Tata
McGraw Hill), 2014
2. Prasanna Chandra, ―Project Planning, Analysis, Selection, Implementation and review‖, Tata
McGraw Hill ,2009
3. P. Gopalakrishnan and V. E. Rama Moorthy, Project Management, Macmillan India Ltd., New
Delhi
4. Harold R. Kerzner, Project Management: A Systems Approach to Planning, Scheduling, and
Controlling 10th Edition, 2012
5. Moder, J., C. Phillips and E. Davis, ―Project Management with CPM, PERT and Precedence
Diagramming‖, Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, Third Edition, 2003.
 REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. A Guide to the Project Management Body of Knowledge (PMBOK® Guide) — Fifth Edition
2. ―United Nations Industrial Development Organization (UNIDO) Manual for the preparation of
Industrial Feasibility Studies‖, (IDSI Reproduction) Bombay, 2007
3. B. B. Goel, Project Management: Principles and Techniques, Deep & Deep Publications, New
Delhi, 2009
4. Choudhury, S ―Project Management‖, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi 2008.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completion of this course, student will be able to
CO1. Know about the selection and initiation of individual projects and their
portfolios,
CO2 Learn about project scope factors to implement and terminate
CO3. Describe a project life cycle and can skillfully know to map each stage of the cycle
for execution and control .
CO4. Apply skills immediately to the efficiency of the business operation like
selection,initiation etc.,
CO5. Develop project scope factors to implement and terminate a project
CO6. Able to demonstrate effective project execution and control techniques for successful
projects
CO7. To initiate, plan, execute, monitor and control, and close projects and to coordinate
all the elements of the project

CO/PO Mapping

A3MET510 Project Management

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering

CO / PO/ PSO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PS PS
mapping 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 O1 O2

i 1 1
ii 1 1
iii 1 1
iv 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
v 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
vi 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2
vii 1 2 2 2 1 2 3 2 3 2 3 2

A3MET510 Project Management

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 Semester - VIII L T P C
A3MET511 Industrial Safety 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Safety management: Basic concepts and techniques - Evolution of modern safety concept, Safety
policy, Safety Organization -line and staff ,functions for safety,-Safety Committee
UNIT II
Safety Education And Training: Importance of training-identification of training needs-
training methods –programme, seminars, conferences, competitions –method of promoting safe
practice -motivation –communication -role of government agencies and private consulting
agencies in safety training.
UNIT III
Occupational Health And Hygiene: Concept and spectrum of health -functional units and
activities of occupational health services, pre-employment and post-employment medical
examinations -occupational related diseases, levels of prevention of diseases, notifiable
occupational diseases such as silicosis, asbestosis.
Safety in engineering industry: Safety in metal working machinery and wood working Machines-
General safety rules, principles, maintenance, principles of machine guarding, Guarding during
maintenance, Zero Mechanical State (ZMS), Definition, machine guarding, types, fixed guard,
interlock guard, automatic guard, trip guard.
UNIT IV
Regulations for health, safety and environment: Safety acts- Factories act and rules -Workmen
compensation act, Indian explosive act. Gas cylinder rules -SMPV Act -Indian petroleum act and
rules, Environmental pollution act, Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemical rules
1989, Indian Electricity act and rules. OHSAS 18000 and ISO 14000 Overview of -Factories act and
rules -Workmen compensation act.
UNIT V
Fire engineering and explosion control: Fire triangle –principles of fire extinguishing –active and
passive fire protection systems –various classes of fires –A, B, C, D, E ,industrial fire protection
systems-Sprinkler-hydrants-stand pipes, Other suppression systems –CO2 system, foam system, dry
chemical powder (DCP) system, halon system.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. ―Industrial safety management‖, L M Deshmukh, TATA McGraw Hill, 2010
2. ―Safety in Industry‖ N.V. Krishnan Jaico Publishery House, 1996.
3. The Factories Act 1948, Madras Book Agency, Chennai, 2000
4. Derek, James, ―Fire Prevention Hand Book‖, Butter Worths and Company, London, 1986.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Accident Prevention Manual for Industrial Operations‖, [Link], 1982
2. Safety Management by John V. Grimaldi and Rollin H. Simonds, All India Travelers Book
seller, New Delhi, 1989.
3. Gupta, R.S., ―Hand Book of Fire Technology‖ Orient Longman, Bombay 1977.
 COURSE OUTCOMES: Students will be able to
i. Learn about basics of safety management and safe operational procedures in industries
ii. Know about safe operating conditions and occupational related health issues.
iii. Learn about different Factory regulations and fire fighting methods
iv Manage safety and demonstrate safe operational procedures in industries
v Understand and demonstrate the safe operating conditions and address occupational related
health issues.
vi. Understand and demonstrate fire fighting methods
vii. Manage and demonstrate all operations and events within an industry to safeguard the
health of workers or employees , avoid accidents and minimise risk.

A3MET511 Industrial Safety

Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO 1 PS PS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
mapping 2 O1 O2
i. 2 1
ii. 2 1
iii. 2 1
iv. 1 2 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 1
v. 1 2 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 1
vi. 1 2 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 1
vii 1 2 1 2 3 1 3 2 2 1

A3MET511 Industrial Safety

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019
 Semester - VIII L T P C
A3MET512 Advanced Materials 3 - - 3
Total Contact Hours – 48

SYLLABUS
UNIT I
Special alloy steels: Effect of alloying elements in steels, free machining alloy steels, austenitic high
manganese steels, High strength low alloy steels (HSLA), Interstitial free steels (I-F), Dual phase
steels, Maraging steels; specific applications of each steel
UNIT II
Aluminum alloys: Wrought alloys: work hardenable and heat treatable; Cast alloys: Al-Si, Al-Mg,
Al-Zn, Al-Cu alloys and their applications, Complex casting alloys. IS Codes for Al alloys (IS: 5052-
1993), alloy designation and temper designation, Application of aluminium in Composites.
UNIT III
Super alloys: Introduction to super alloys, Phases in super alloys: Ni based, Co based, Cr based super
alloys and their applications in aerospace and marine environment.
Bio materials: Materials in medical applications, Stainless steel alloys, Cobalt based alloys, titanium
based alloys, polymers, Bio resorbable and Bioerodible materials, bioceramics, porous ceramics
UNIT IV
Nano Materials: Significance of Nano materials, properties of materials at nano level, nano clusters,
synthesis of Nano material and ceramic nano materials, classical, chemical and biological methods.
UNIT V
Nano materials: Carbon nano tubes, Single and multi-walled, aerogels, zeolites and special
nanomaterials, applications, Changes in order behavior and compositional changes due to reduction.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Engineering Materials And Metallurgy By Srinivasan, TMH
2. Material selection in mechanical design by M.F Ashby/ Bott, Butterworth-Heinemann
3. S. V. Bhatt, Biomaterials, Narosa, 2002.
4. Heat treatment principles & techniques, TV Rajan CP Sharma, Ashok Sharma Eastern,
Economy, Edition. Prentice Hall
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Selection and use of Engineering Materials 3e/Charles J.A/Butterworth Heiremann, Reed
Elsevier
2. ASM Hand book on Heat treatment.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Student will
i. Classify various available materials based on primary constituents.
ii. List out different processing techniques available for preparing modern materials.
iii. Establish the relation between microstructure and mechanical properties.
iv. Understand the role of phases, precipitates in attaining mechanical properties of materials.
v. Understand various strengthening mechanism for development of mechanical properties.
vi. Select suitable material for desire field of application.
vii. Select set of mechanical properties required to meet performance.
 A3MET512 Advanced Materials
Course
Department of Mechanical Engineering
designed by
CO / PO
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 PSO1 PS02
mapping
22. 3 3 2 1 1
23. 3 3 2 1 1
24. 3 3 2 1 1
25. 3 3 2 1
26. 3 3 2 1 1
27. 3 3 2 1 2 2 2
28. 3 3 2 1 2 2 2

A3MET512 Advanced Materials

Course designed by Department of Mechanical Engineering
Approved by: Meeting of Board of Studies held on 29-06-2019
Approval
Ratified by: 2nd Meeting of Academic Council, 13-07-2019

***